Updated Swedish translation for the gas sub-directory
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b3adc24a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b3adc24a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b3adc24a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
31bf1864 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-<N>}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
241 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
242 [@b{--statistics}]
243 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
244 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
245 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 246 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 247 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 248 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
249 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
250 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 251@c
6387924a 252@c man end
a4fb0134 253@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 254@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 255@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
256@ifset AARCH64
257
258@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 260 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 261@end ifset
625e1353
RH
262@ifset ALPHA
263
264@emph{Target Alpha options:}
265 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
266 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 267 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
268 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
269 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
270@end ifset
252b5132 271@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
274 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
275 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
276 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 277 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
279@end ifset
280@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
281
282@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 283@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
285 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
286 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
287 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 288 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 289 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
290 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
291 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
292 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 293 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 294@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
295@ifset Blackfin
296
297@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
298 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
299 [@b{-mfdpic}]
300 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
301 [@b{-mnopic}]
302@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
303@ifset BPF
304
305@emph{Target BPF options:}
306 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
307@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
308@ifset CRIS
309
310@emph{Target CRIS options:}
311 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
312 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
313 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 314 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
315@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
316@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
317@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
318@ifset CSKY
319
320@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
321 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
322 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
323 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
324 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
325 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
326 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
327 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
328 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
329 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
331 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
333 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
334 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
335 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
336 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
337@end ifset
252b5132 338@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
339
340@emph{Target D10V options:}
341 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
342@end ifset
343@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
344
345@emph{Target D30V options:}
346 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
348@ifset EPIPHANY
349
350@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
351 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
352@end ifset
252b5132 353@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
354
355@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
356 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
357@end ifset
358@ifset HPPA
359@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
360@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
361@ifset I80386
362
363@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 364 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 365 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 366@end ifset
587fe2b3 367@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 368
9e32ca89
NC
369@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
370 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
371 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
372 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 373 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 374 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 375 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
376 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
377@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
378@ifset IP2K
379
380@emph{Target IP2K options:}
381 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
382@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
383@ifset M32C
384
385@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 386 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 387@end ifset
587fe2b3 388@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 389
a4fb0134
SC
390@emph{Target M32R options:}
391 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 392 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
397 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 398@end ifset
60bcf0fa 399@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 402 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
403 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
404 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 405 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
406 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
407 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
408@end ifset
409@ifset MCORE
410
411@emph{Target MCORE options:}
412 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
413 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 414@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
415@ifset METAG
416
417@emph{Target Meta options:}
418 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
419@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
420@ifset MICROBLAZE
421@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
422@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
423@end ifset
252b5132 424@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
425
426@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 427 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 429 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 430 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
431 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
432 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 433 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 434 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
435 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
436 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 437 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 438 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 439 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 441 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 442 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 443 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 444 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 445 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 446 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 447 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 448 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 449 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 450 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 451 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 452 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 453 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 454 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 455 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 456 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 457 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 459 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 460 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 461 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 462 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
464 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 465 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 466 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 467 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
468@end ifset
469@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
470
471@emph{Target MMIX options:}
472 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
473 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
474 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 475 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 476@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
477@ifset NIOSII
478
479@emph{Target Nios II options:}
480 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
481 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
482@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
483@ifset NDS32
484
485@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
486 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
487 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
491 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
492 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
493 [@b{-mb2bb}]
494@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
495@ifset OPENRISC
496@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
497@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
498@ifset PDP11
499
500@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
501 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
502 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 503 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
504@end ifset
505@ifset PJ
506
507@emph{Target picoJava options:}
508 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
509@end ifset
510@ifset PPC
511
512@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
513 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
514 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
515 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
516 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
517 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
518 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 519 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 520 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 521 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
522 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
523 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 524 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 525 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 526@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
527@ifset PRU
528
529@emph{Target PRU options:}
530 [@b{-link-relax}]
531 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
532 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
533@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
534@ifset RISCV
535
536@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
537 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
538 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
539 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
540@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
541@ifset RL78
542
543@emph{Target RL78 options:}
544 [@b{-mg10}]
545 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
546@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
547@ifset RX
548
549@emph{Target RX options:}
550 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 551 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
552 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
553 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
554 [@b{-mpid}]
555 [@b{-mrelax}]
556 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
557 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 558@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
559@ifset S390
560
561@emph{Target s390 options:}
562 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
563 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
564 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
565@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
566@ifset SCORE
567
568@emph{Target SCORE options:}
569 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
570 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
571 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
572 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
573@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
574@ifset SPARC
575
576@emph{Target SPARC options:}
577@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
578 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
579 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
580 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
581 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
582 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
583 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
584 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
585 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
586 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
587 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
589 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
590 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 591 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 592 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
593@end ifset
594@ifset TIC54X
595
596@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 597 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
598 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
599@end ifset
40b36596
JM
600@ifset TIC6X
601
602@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
603 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
604 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
605 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 606@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
607@ifset TILEGX
608
609@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 610 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
611@end ifset
612@ifset TILEPRO
613@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
614@end ifset
b6605ddd 615@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 616
b6605ddd
EB
617@emph{Target Visium options:}
618 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
619@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
620@ifset XTENSA
621
622@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
623 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
624 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
625 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
626 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
627 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 628 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 629@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
630@ifset Z80
631
632@emph{Target Z80 options:}
fcaaac0a 633 [@b{-march=@var{CPU}@var{[-EXT]}@var{[+EXT]}}]
7a6bf3be
SB
634 [@b{-local-prefix=}@var{PREFIX}]
635 [@b{-colonless}]
636 [@b{-sdcc}]
637 [@b{-fp-s=}@var{FORMAT}]
638 [@b{-fp-d=}@var{FORMAT}]
3c9b82ba 639@end ifset
a4fb0134 640@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 641
a4fb0134 642@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 643@end ifset
e0001a05 644
0285c67d 645@c man end
252b5132
RH
646@end smallexample
647
0285c67d
NC
648@c man begin OPTIONS
649
a4fb0134 650@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 651@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 652
83f10cb2 653@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
654Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
655
a4fb0134 656@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
657@item -ac
658omit false conditionals
659
660@item -ad
661omit debugging directives
662
83f10cb2
NC
663@item -ag
664include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
665
252b5132
RH
666@item -ah
667include high-level source
668
669@item -al
670include assembly
671
672@item -am
673include macro expansions
674
675@item -an
676omit forms processing
677
678@item -as
679include symbols
680
681@item =file
682set the name of the listing file
683@end table
684
685You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
686listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
687the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
688
caa32fe5 689@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
690Begin in alternate macro mode.
691@ifclear man
692@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
693@end ifclear
caa32fe5 694
955974c6 695@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
696Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
697ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
698linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
699given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 700
151411f8
L
701@ifset ELF
702@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
703@item --compress-debug-sections=none
704@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
705@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
706@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
707These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
708@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
709@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
710@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 711@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 712@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
713@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
714sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
715@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
716@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
717
151411f8
L
718@end ifset
719
955974c6 720@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
721Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
722targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
723override this.
955974c6 724
252b5132
RH
725@item -D
726Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
727other assemblers.
728
3d6b762c
JM
729@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
730When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
731information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
732
252b5132
RH
733@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
734Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
735@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
736indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
737value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
738use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
739
740@item -f
741``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
742compiler output).
743
329e276d
NC
744@item -g
745@itemx --gen-debug
746Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
747debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
748ECOFF or DWARF2.
749
252b5132
RH
750@item --gstabs
751Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
752may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
753
05da4302
NC
754@item --gstabs+
755Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
756extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
757debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
758may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
759the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
760
329e276d 761@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 762Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 763may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 764option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 765
31bf1864
NC
766@item --gdwarf-3
767This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
768allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
769version 3 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
770guarantee the generation of any extra infortmation, the choice to do so is on a
771per target basis.
772
773@item --gdwarf-4
774This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
775allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
776version 4 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
777guarantee the generation of any extra infortmation, the choice to do so is on a
778per target basis.
779
780@item --gdwarf-5
781This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
782allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
84d9ab33 783version 5 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
31bf1864
NC
784guarantee the generation of any extra infortmation, the choice to do so is on a
785per target basis.
786
b40bf0a2
NC
787@item --gdwarf-sections
788Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
789.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
790corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
791will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
792@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
793then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
794suffix.
795
66f8b2cb
AB
796@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
797Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
798When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
799can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
800
b8871f35 801@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
802@item --size-check=error
803@itemx --size-check=warning
804Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
805
b8871f35
L
806@item --elf-stt-common=no
807@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
808These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
809symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
810by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
811
812@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
813@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
814These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
815attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
816The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
817configure option.
818
b8871f35
L
819@end ifset
820
252b5132 821@item --help
a05a5b64 822Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 823
ea20a7da
CC
824@item --target-help
825Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
826
252b5132
RH
827@item -I @var{dir}
828Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
829
830@item -J
831Don't warn about signed overflow.
832
833@item -K
834@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
835This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
836@end ifclear
837@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
838Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
839@end ifset
840
841@item -L
842@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
843Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
844system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
845or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
846@ifclear man
847@xref{Symbol Names}.
848@end ifclear
252b5132 849
c3a27914
NC
850@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
851Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
852listing to @var{number}.
853
854@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
855Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
856lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
857
858@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
859Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
860@var{number} bytes.
861
862@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
863Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
864to @var{number} + 1.
865
2edb36e7
NC
866@item --no-pad-sections
867Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
868of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
869which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
870
252b5132 871@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 872Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
873
874@item -R
875Fold the data section into the text section.
876
d60646b9 877@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
878Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
879@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
880assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
881memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
882requirements at the expense of speed.
883
884@item --reduce-memory-overheads
885This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
886assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
887@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
888
451133ce
NP
889@ifset ELF
890@item --sectname-subst
891Honor substitution sequences in section names.
892@ifclear man
893@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
894@end ifclear
895@end ifset
896
252b5132
RH
897@item --statistics
898Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
899assembly.
900
901@item --strip-local-absolute
902Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
903
904@item -v
905@itemx -version
a4fb0134 906Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
907
908@item --version
a4fb0134 909Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
910
911@item -W
2bdd6cf5 912@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
913Suppress warning messages.
914
2bdd6cf5
GK
915@item --fatal-warnings
916Treat warnings as errors.
917
918@item --warn
919Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
920
252b5132
RH
921@item -w
922Ignored.
923
924@item -x
925Ignored.
926
927@item -Z
928Generate an object file even after errors.
929
930@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
931Standard input, or source files to assemble.
932
933@end table
2a633939
JM
934@c man end
935
a06ea964
NC
936@ifset AARCH64
937
938@ifclear man
939@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
940for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
941@end ifclear
942
943@ifset man
944@c man begin OPTIONS
945The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
94664-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
947@c man end
948@c man begin INCLUDE
949@include c-aarch64.texi
950@c ended inside the included file
951@end ifset
952
953@end ifset
954
2a633939
JM
955@ifset ALPHA
956
957@ifclear man
958@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
959for an Alpha processor.
960@end ifclear
961
962@ifset man
963@c man begin OPTIONS
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
965processor.
966@c man end
967@c man begin INCLUDE
968@include c-alpha.texi
969@c ended inside the included file
970@end ifset
971
972@end ifset
252b5132 973
2a633939 974@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 975@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
976The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
977processor.
252b5132 978
a4fb0134 979@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 980@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
981This option selects the core processor variant.
982@item -EB | -EL
983Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
984@item -mcode-density
985Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
986@end table
987@end ifset
988
989@ifset ARM
990The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
991processor family.
992
a4fb0134 993@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 994@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 995Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 996@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 997Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 998@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 999Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
1000@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
1001Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
1002@item -mthumb
1003Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 1004@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
1005Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
1006@item -EB | -EL
1007Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
1008@item -mthumb-interwork
1009Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
1010ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
1011@item -mccs
1012Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
1013@item -k
1014Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
1015@end table
1016@end ifset
635fb38d 1017@c man end
252b5132 1018
9982501a 1019@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
1020
1021@ifclear man
1022@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1023configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1024@end ifclear
1025
1026@ifset man
1027@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1028The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1029the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1030@c man end
1031@c man begin INCLUDE
1032@include c-bfin.texi
1033@c ended inside the included file
1034@end ifset
9982501a 1035
9982501a
JZ
1036@end ifset
1037
f8861f5d
JM
1038@ifset BPF
1039
1040@ifclear man
1041@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1042configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1043@end ifclear
1044
1045@ifset man
1046@c man begin OPTIONS
1047The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1048the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1049@c man end
1050@c man begin INCLUDE
1051@include c-bpf.texi
1052@c ended inside the included file
1053@end ifset
1054
1055@end ifset
1056
635fb38d 1057@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1058@ifset CRIS
1059See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1060@end ifset
1061
b8891f8d
AJ
1062@ifset CSKY
1063
1064@ifclear man
1065@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1066configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1067@end ifclear
1068
1069@ifset man
1070@c man begin OPTIONS
1071The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1072the C-SKY processor family.
1073@c man end
1074@c man begin INCLUDE
1075@include c-csky.texi
1076@c ended inside the included file
1077@end ifset
1078
1079@end ifset
1080
252b5132
RH
1081@ifset D10V
1082The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1083a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1084@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1085@cindex D10V optimization
1086@cindex optimization, D10V
1087@item -O
1088Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1089@end table
1090@end ifset
1091
1092@ifset D30V
1093The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1094processor.
a4fb0134 1095@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1096@cindex D30V optimization
1097@cindex optimization, D30V
1098@item -O
1099Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1100
1101@cindex D30V nops
1102@item -n
1103Warn when nops are generated.
1104
1105@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1106@item -N
1107Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1108@end table
1109@end ifset
731caf76
L
1110@c man end
1111
cfb8c092
NC
1112@ifset EPIPHANY
1113The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1114Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1115
56b13185
JR
1116@ifclear man
1117@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1118configured for an Epiphany processor.
1119@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1120
56b13185
JR
1121@ifset man
1122@c man begin OPTIONS
1123The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1124an Epiphany processor.
1125@c man end
1126@c man begin INCLUDE
1127@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1128@c ended inside the included file
1129@end ifset
1130
1131@end ifset
1132
1133@ifset H8300
1134
1135@ifclear man
1136@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1137for an H8/300 processor.
1138@end ifclear
1139
1140@ifset man
1141@c man begin OPTIONS
1142The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1143processor.
1144@c man end
1145@c man begin INCLUDE
1146@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1147@c ended inside the included file
1148@end ifset
cfb8c092 1149
cfb8c092
NC
1150@end ifset
1151
731caf76 1152@ifset I80386
252b5132 1153
731caf76
L
1154@ifclear man
1155@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1156configured for an i386 processor.
1157@end ifclear
1158
1159@ifset man
1160@c man begin OPTIONS
1161The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1162an i386 processor.
1163@c man end
1164@c man begin INCLUDE
1165@include c-i386.texi
1166@c ended inside the included file
1167@end ifset
1168
1169@end ifset
1170
1171@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1172@ifset IP2K
1173The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1174Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1175
1176@table @gcctabopt
1177
1178@item -mip2022ext
1179Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1180
1181@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1182Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1183just the basic IP2022 ones.
1184
1185@end table
1186@end ifset
1187
49f58d10
JB
1188@ifset M32C
1189The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1190Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1191
1192@table @gcctabopt
1193
1194@item -m32c
1195Assemble M32C instructions.
1196
1197@item -m16c
1198Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1199
c54b5932
DD
1200@item -relax
1201Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1202
1203@item -h-tick-hex
1204Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1205
49f58d10
JB
1206@end table
1207@end ifset
1208
ec694b89
NC
1209@ifset M32R
1210The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1211Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1212
a4fb0134 1213@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1214
1215@item --m32rx
1216Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1217is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1218
1219@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1220Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1221encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1222
1223@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1224Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1225encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1226
1227@end table
1228@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1229
1230@ifset M680X0
1231The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1232Motorola 68000 series.
1233
a4fb0134 1234@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1235
1236@item -l
1237Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1238
0285c67d
NC
1239@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1240@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1241@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1242Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1243is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1244
1245@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1246The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1247The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1248the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1249two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1250coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1251
1252@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1253The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1254unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1255
1256@end table
1257@end ifset
1258
36591ba1
SL
1259@ifset NIOSII
1260
1261@ifclear man
1262@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1263for an Altera Nios II processor.
1264@end ifclear
1265
1266@ifset man
1267@c man begin OPTIONS
1268The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1269Altera Nios II processor.
1270@c man end
1271@c man begin INCLUDE
1272@include c-nios2.texi
1273@c ended inside the included file
1274@end ifset
1275@end ifset
1276
e135f41b
NC
1277@ifset PDP11
1278
1279For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1280see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1281
a4fb0134 1282@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1283@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1284Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1285default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1286
1287@item -mall
1288@itemx -mall-extensions
1289Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1290
1291@item -mno-extensions
1292Disable all instruction set extensions.
1293
1294@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1295Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1296
1297@item -m@var{cpu}
1298Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1299disable all other extensions.
1300
1301@item -m@var{machine}
1302Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1303model, and disable all other extensions.
1304@end table
1305
1306@end ifset
1307
041dd5a9
ILT
1308@ifset PJ
1309The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1310a picoJava processor.
1311
a4fb0134 1312@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1313
1314@cindex PJ endianness
1315@cindex endianness, PJ
1316@cindex big endian output, PJ
1317@item -mb
1318Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1319
1320@cindex little endian output, PJ
1321@item -ml
1322Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1323
1324@end table
1325@end ifset
1326
93f11b16
DD
1327@ifset PRU
1328
1329@ifclear man
1330@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1331for a PRU processor.
1332@end ifclear
1333
1334@ifset man
1335@c man begin OPTIONS
1336The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1337PRU processor.
1338@c man end
1339@c man begin INCLUDE
1340@include c-pru.texi
1341@c ended inside the included file
1342@end ifset
1343@end ifset
1344
60bcf0fa
NC
1345@ifset M68HC11
1346The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1347Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1348
a4fb0134 1349@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1350
6927f982 1351@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1352Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1353defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1354
6927f982
NC
1355@item --xgate-ramoffset
1356Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1357XGATE address space.
1358
2f904664
SC
1359@item -mshort
1360Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1361
1362@item -mlong
01642c12 1363Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1364
1365@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1366Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1367
1368@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1369Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1370
1370e33d 1371@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1372Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1373conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1374sub routine.
1375
1370e33d
NC
1376@item -S | --short-branches
1377Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1378when the offset is out of range.
1379
1380@item --strict-direct-mode
1381Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1382when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1383
1384@item --print-insn-syntax
1385Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1386
1387@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1388Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1389
1390@item --generate-example
6927f982 1391Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1392This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1393
1394@end table
1395@end ifset
1396
252b5132 1397@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1398The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1399for the SPARC architecture:
1400
a4fb0134 1401@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1402@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1403@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1404Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1405
1406@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1407@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1408
1409@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1410UltraSPARC extensions.
1411
1412@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1413For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1414equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1415
1416@item -bump
1417Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1418@end table
1419@end ifset
1420
39bec121
TW
1421@ifset TIC54X
1422The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1423architecture.
39bec121 1424
a4fb0134 1425@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1426@item -mfar-mode
1427Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1428extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1429@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1430Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1431@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1432Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1433behaviour in the shell.
1434@end table
1435@end ifset
1436
252b5132 1437@ifset MIPS
73201331 1438@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1439The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1440a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1441
a4fb0134 1442@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1443@item -G @var{num}
1444This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1445implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1446use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1447
1448@cindex MIPS endianness
1449@cindex endianness, MIPS
1450@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1451@item -EB
1452Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1453
1454@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1455@item -EL
1456Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1457
1458@cindex MIPS ISA
1459@item -mips1
1460@itemx -mips2
1461@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1462@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1463@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1464@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1465@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1466@itemx -mips32r3
1467@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1468@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1469@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1470@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1471@itemx -mips64r3
1472@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1473@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1474Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1475@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1476alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1477@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1478@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1479@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1480@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1481MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1482Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1483MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1484
98508b2a
RS
1485@item -march=@var{cpu}
1486Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1487
1488@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1489Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1490
1491@item -mfix7000
1492@itemx -mno-fix7000
1493Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1494of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1495
a8d14a88
CM
1496@item -mfix-rm7000
1497@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1498Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1499followed by a load instruction.
1500
27c634e0
FN
1501@item -mfix-r5900
1502@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1503Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1504of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1505instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1506instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1507execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1508
ecb4347a
DJ
1509@item -mdebug
1510@itemx -no-mdebug
1511Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1512section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1513
dcd410fe
RO
1514@item -mpdr
1515@itemx -mno-pdr
1516Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1517
437ee9d5
TS
1518@item -mgp32
1519@itemx -mfp32
1520The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1521flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1522all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1523and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1524
351cdf24
MF
1525@item -mgp64
1526@itemx -mfp64
1527The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1528flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1529all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1530and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1531
1532@item -mfpxx
1533The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1534this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1535which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
153632 or 64 bits wide.
1537
1538@item -modd-spreg
1539@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1540Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1541registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1542@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1543
437ee9d5
TS
1544@item -mips16
1545@itemx -no-mips16
1546Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1547@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1548turns off this option.
252b5132 1549
25499ac7
MR
1550@item -mmips16e2
1551@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1552Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1553to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1554@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1555
df58fc94
RS
1556@item -mmicromips
1557@itemx -mno-micromips
1558Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1559@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1560@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1561@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1562
e16bfa71
TS
1563@item -msmartmips
1564@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1565Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1566equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1567file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1568
1f25f5d3
CD
1569@item -mips3d
1570@itemx -no-mips3d
1571Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1572This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1573@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1574
deec1734
CD
1575@item -mdmx
1576@itemx -no-mdmx
1577Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1578This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1579@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1580
2ef2b9ae
CF
1581@item -mdsp
1582@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1583Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1584This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1585@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1586
8b082fb1
TS
1587@item -mdspr2
1588@itemx -mno-dspr2
1589Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1590This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1591This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1592@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1593
8f4f9071
MF
1594@item -mdspr3
1595@itemx -mno-dspr3
1596Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1597This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1598This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1599@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1600
56d438b1
CF
1601@item -mmsa
1602@itemx -mno-msa
1603Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1604This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1605@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1606
7d64c587
AB
1607@item -mxpa
1608@itemx -mno-xpa
1609Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1610This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1611@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1612
ef2e4d86
CF
1613@item -mmt
1614@itemx -mno-mt
1615Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1616This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1617@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1618
dec0624d
MR
1619@item -mmcu
1620@itemx -mno-mcu
1621Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1622This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1623@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1624
730c3174
SE
1625@item -mcrc
1626@itemx -mno-crc
1627Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1628Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1629@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1630
6f20c942
FS
1631@item -mginv
1632@itemx -mno-ginv
1633Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1634Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1635@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1636
8095d2f7
CX
1637@item -mloongson-mmi
1638@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1639Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1640Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1641instructions.
1642@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1643
716c08de
CX
1644@item -mloongson-cam
1645@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1646Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1647This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1648@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1649
bdc6c06e
CX
1650@item -mloongson-ext
1651@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1652Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1653This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1654@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1655
a693765e
CX
1656@item -mloongson-ext2
1657@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1658Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1659This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1660This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1661@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1662
833794fc
MR
1663@item -minsn32
1664@itemx -mno-insn32
1665Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1666microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1667instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1668the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1669option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1670start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1671selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1672
437ee9d5
TS
1673@item --construct-floats
1674@itemx --no-construct-floats
1675The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1676double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1677value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1678the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1679selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1680
3bf0dbfb
MR
1681@item --relax-branch
1682@itemx --no-relax-branch
1683The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1684branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1685out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1686
8b10b0b3
MR
1687@item -mignore-branch-isa
1688@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1689Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1690semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1691most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1692same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1693checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1694modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1695default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1696branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1697
ba92f887
MR
1698@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1699Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1700(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1701
252b5132
RH
1702@cindex emulation
1703@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1704This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1705on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1706removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1707It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1708
1709The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1710@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1711is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1712big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1713preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1714
1715@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1716@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1717the native tools.
1718
252b5132
RH
1719@item --trap
1720@itemx --no-trap
1721@itemx --break
1722@itemx --no-break
1723Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1724@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1725(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1726@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1727break exception.
63486801
L
1728
1729@item -n
a4fb0134 1730When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1731time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1732@end table
73201331 1733@c man end
252b5132
RH
1734@end ifset
1735
1736@ifset MCORE
1737The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1738an MCore processor.
1739
a4fb0134 1740@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1741@item -jsri2bsr
1742@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1743Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1744The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1745
1746@item -sifilter
1747@itemx -nosifilter
1748Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1749The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1750
1751@item -relax
1752Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1753
ec694b89
NC
1754@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1755Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1756can be assembled.
1757
1758@item -EB
1759Assemble for a big endian target.
1760
1761@item -EL
1762Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1763
1764@end table
1765@end ifset
a3c62988 1766@c man end
252b5132 1767
a3c62988
NC
1768@ifset METAG
1769
1770@ifclear man
1771@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1772for a Meta processor.
1773@end ifclear
1774
1775@ifset man
1776@c man begin OPTIONS
1777The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1778Meta processor.
1779@c man end
1780@c man begin INCLUDE
1781@include c-metag.texi
1782@c ended inside the included file
1783@end ifset
1784
1785@end ifset
1786
1787@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1788@ifset MMIX
1789See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1790@end ifset
1791
35c08157
KLC
1792@ifset NDS32
1793
1794@ifclear man
1795@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1796for a NDS32 processor.
1797@end ifclear
1798@c ended inside the included file
1799@end ifset
1800
1801@ifset man
1802@c man begin OPTIONS
1803The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1804NDS32 processor.
1805@c man end
1806@c man begin INCLUDE
1807@include c-nds32.texi
1808@c ended inside the included file
1809@end ifset
1810
635fb38d 1811@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1812@ifset PPC
1813
1814@ifclear man
1815@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1816for a PowerPC processor.
1817@end ifclear
1818
1819@ifset man
1820@c man begin OPTIONS
1821The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1822PowerPC processor.
1823@c man end
1824@c man begin INCLUDE
1825@include c-ppc.texi
1826@c ended inside the included file
1827@end ifset
1828
1829@end ifset
1830
e23eba97
NC
1831@ifset RISCV
1832
1833@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1834@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1835for a RISC-V processor.
1836@end ifclear
1837
1838@ifset man
1839@c man begin OPTIONS
1840The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1841RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1842@c man end
1843@c man begin INCLUDE
1844@include c-riscv.texi
1845@c ended inside the included file
1846@end ifset
1847
1848@end ifset
1849
635fb38d 1850@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1851@ifset RX
1852See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1853@end ifset
1854
11c19e16
MS
1855@ifset S390
1856The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1857processor family.
1858
1859@table @gcctabopt
1860@item -m31
1861@itemx -m64
1862Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1863@item -mesa
1864@item -mzarch
1865Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1866Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1867@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1868Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1869@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1870@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1871@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1872@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1873(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1874@item -mregnames
1875@itemx -mno-regnames
1876Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1877@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1878Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1879but evaluates to zero.
1880@end table
1881@end ifset
2a633939 1882@c man end
11c19e16 1883
40b36596 1884@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1885
1886@ifclear man
1887@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1888for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1889@end ifclear
1890
1891@ifset man
1892@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1893The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1894TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1895@c man end
1896@c man begin INCLUDE
1897@include c-tic6x.texi
1898@c ended inside the included file
1899@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1900
1901@end ifset
1902
aa137e4d
NC
1903@ifset TILEGX
1904
1905@ifclear man
1906@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1907for a TILE-Gx processor.
1908@end ifclear
1909
1910@ifset man
1911@c man begin OPTIONS
1912The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1913processor.
1914@c man end
1915@c man begin INCLUDE
1916@include c-tilegx.texi
1917@c ended inside the included file
1918@end ifset
1919
1920@end ifset
1921
b6605ddd
EB
1922@ifset VISIUM
1923
1924@ifclear man
1925@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1926for a Visium processor.
1927@end ifclear
1928
1929@ifset man
1930@c man begin OPTIONS
1931The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1932processor.
1933@c man end
1934@c man begin INCLUDE
1935@include c-visium.texi
1936@c ended inside the included file
1937@end ifset
1938
1939@end ifset
1940
e0001a05 1941@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1942
2d8b84ae
SA
1943@ifclear man
1944@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1945for an Xtensa processor.
1946@end ifclear
1947
1948@ifset man
1949@c man begin OPTIONS
1950The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1951Xtensa processor.
1952@c man end
1953@c man begin INCLUDE
1954@include c-xtensa.texi
1955@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1956@end ifset
1957
2d8b84ae
SA
1958@end ifset
1959
3c9b82ba 1960@ifset Z80
6655dba2 1961
7a6bf3be
SB
1962@ifclear man
1963@xref{Z80 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1964for an Z80 processor.
1965@end ifclear
6655dba2 1966
7a6bf3be
SB
1967@ifset man
1968@c man begin OPTIONS
1969The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1970Z80 processor.
1971@c man end
1972@c man begin INCLUDE
1973@include c-z80.texi
1974@c ended inside the included file
3c9b82ba
NC
1975@end ifset
1976
7a6bf3be 1977@end ifset
0285c67d 1978
252b5132
RH
1979@menu
1980* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1981* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1982* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1983* Command Line:: Command Line
1984* Input Files:: Input Files
1985* Object:: Output (Object) File
1986* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1987@end menu
1988
1989@node Manual
1990@section Structure of this Manual
1991
1992@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1993This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1994@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1995notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1996@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1997
1998@ifclear GENERIC
1999We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 2000configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
2001@end ifclear
2002@ifset GENERIC
2003This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
2004various flavors of the assembler.
2005@end ifset
2006
2007@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
2008On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
2009to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
2010In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
2011architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2012mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2013particular architecture.
2014@ifset GENERIC
2015You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2016machine architecture manual for this information.
2017@end ifset
2018@ifclear GENERIC
2019@ifset H8/300
2020For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2021Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2022Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2023@end ifset
252b5132 2024@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2025For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2026see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2027@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2028@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2029@end ifset
2030@ifset Z8000
2031For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2032@end ifset
2033@end ifclear
2034
2035@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2036@ignore
2037Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2038the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2039Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2040computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2041once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2042qualification.
2043
a4fb0134 2044@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2045human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2046computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2047@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2048@end ignore
2049
2050@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2051@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2052@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2053@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2054@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2055@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2056@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2057@c directives).
2058
2059@node GNU Assembler
2060@section The GNU Assembler
2061
0285c67d
NC
2062@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2063
a4fb0134 2064@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2065@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2066This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2067configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2068@end ifclear
2069If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2070should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2071architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2072including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2073@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2074
2075@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2076@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2077@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2078@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2079assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2080machine would assemble.
2081@ifset VAX
2082Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2083@end ifset
2084@ifset M680X0
2085@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2086@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2087This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2088assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2089incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2090@end ifset
2091
0285c67d
NC
2092@c man end
2093
a4fb0134 2094Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2095program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2096@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2097
2098@node Object Formats
2099@section Object File Formats
2100
2101@cindex object file format
2102The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2103object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2104write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2105are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2106Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2107@ifclear GENERIC
2108@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2109For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2110@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2111@end ifclear
2112@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2113@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2114On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2115SOM or ELF format object files.
2116@end ifset
2117@end ifclear
2118
2119@node Command Line
2120@section Command Line
2121
2122@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2123
a4fb0134 2124After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2125options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2126before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2127significant.
2128
2129@cindex standard input, as input file
2130@kindex --
2131@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2132explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2133
2134@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2135Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2136hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2137@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2138option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2139the letter is important. All options are optional.
2140
2141Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2142name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2143with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2144standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2145
2146@smallexample
2147@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2148@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2149@end smallexample
2150
2151@node Input Files
2152@section Input Files
2153
2154@cindex input
2155@cindex source program
2156@cindex files, input
2157We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2158describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2159be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2160doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2161
2162@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2163@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2164The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2165order specified.
2166
0285c67d 2167@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2168Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2169program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2170(The standard input is also a file.)
2171
a4fb0134 2172You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2173names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2174command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2175is taken to be an input file name.
2176
a4fb0134
SC
2177If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2178from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2179may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2180to assemble.
2181
2182Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2183in your command line.
2184
a4fb0134 2185If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2186file.
2187
0285c67d
NC
2188@c man end
2189
252b5132
RH
2190@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2191
2192@cindex input file linenumbers
2193@cindex line numbers, in input files
2194There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2195either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2196number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2197``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2198
2199@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2200to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2201
2202@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2203directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2204error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2205is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2206@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2207@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2208
2209@node Object
2210@section Output (Object) File
2211
2212@cindex object file
2213@cindex output file
2214@kindex a.out
2215@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2216Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2217your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2218is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2219You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2220object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2221reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2222directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2223possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2224
2225@cindex linker
2226@kindex ld
2227The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2228assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2229the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2230information for the debugger.
2231
2232@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2233@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2234
2235@node Errors
2236@section Error and Warning Messages
2237
0285c67d
NC
2238@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2239
a349d9dd 2240@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2241@cindex warning messages
2242@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2243@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2244file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2245runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2246that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2247grave problem that stops the assembly.
2248
0285c67d
NC
2249@c man end
2250
252b5132
RH
2251@cindex format of warning messages
2252Warning messages have the format
2253
2254@smallexample
2255file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2256@end smallexample
2257
2258@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2259@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2260(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2261(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2262@ifset GENERIC
2263(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2264@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2265have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2266in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2267intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2268
2269Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2270directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2271
2272@smallexample
2273 .file 2 "bar.c"
2274 error_assembler_source
2275 .file "foo.c"
2276 .line 30
2277 error_c_source
2278@end smallexample
2279
2280produces this output:
2281
2282@smallexample
2283 Assembler messages:
2284 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2285 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2286@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2287
2288@cindex format of error messages
2289Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2290
252b5132
RH
2291@smallexample
2292file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2293@end smallexample
72e0b254 2294
252b5132
RH
2295The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2296messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2297because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2298
2299@node Invoking
2300@chapter Command-Line Options
2301
2302@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2303This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2304versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2305for options specific
252b5132 2306@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2307to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2308@end ifclear
2309@ifset GENERIC
2310to particular machine architectures.
2311@end ifset
2312
0285c67d
NC
2313@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2314
c1253627 2315If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2316you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2317The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2318by commas. For example:
2319
2320@smallexample
2321gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2322@end smallexample
2323
2324@noindent
2325This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2326standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2327local symbols in the symbol table).
2328
2329Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2330command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2331(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2332precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2333assembler.)
2334
0285c67d
NC
2335@c man end
2336
252b5132 2337@menu
83f10cb2 2338* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2339* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2340* D:: -D for compatibility
2341* f:: -f to work faster
2342* I:: -I for .include search path
2343@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2344* K:: -K for compatibility
2345@end ifclear
2346@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2347* K:: -K for difference tables
2348@end ifset
2349
ba83aca1 2350* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2351* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2352* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2353* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2354* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2355* o:: -o to name the object file
2356* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2357* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2358* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2359* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2360* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2361* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2362@end menu
2363
2364@node a
83f10cb2 2365@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2366
2367@kindex -a
2368@kindex -ac
2369@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2370@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2371@kindex -ah
2372@kindex -al
2373@kindex -an
2374@kindex -as
2375@cindex listings, enabling
2376@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2377
2378These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2379@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2380You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2381@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2382@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2383@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2384High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2385@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2386also.
2387
83f10cb2
NC
2388Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2389information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2390
252b5132
RH
2391Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2392which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2393other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2394omitted from the listing.
2395
2396Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2397listing.
2398
2399Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2400listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2401@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2402@code{.sbttl}.
2403The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2404If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2405listing-control directives have no effect.
2406
2407The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2408@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2409
96e9638b
BW
2410Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2411because it
a05a5b64 2412is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2413is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2414directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2415stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2416memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2417
caa32fe5
NC
2418@node alternate
2419@section @option{--alternate}
2420
2421@kindex --alternate
2422Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2423
252b5132 2424@node D
a4fb0134 2425@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2426
2427@kindex -D
2428This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2429likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2430@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2431
2432@node f
a4fb0134 2433@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2434
2435@kindex -f
2436@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2437@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2438@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2439(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2440and comment preprocessing on
2441the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2442,Preprocessing}.
2443
2444@quotation
2445@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2446preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2447not work correctly.
2448@end quotation
2449
2450@node I
c1253627 2451@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2452
2453@kindex -I @var{path}
2454@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2455@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2456@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2457Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2458@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2459directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2460many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2461working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2462searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2463specified (left to right) on the command line.
2464
2465@node K
a4fb0134 2466@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2467
2468@kindex -K
2469@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2470On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2471permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2472where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2473generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2474family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2475alteration on other platforms.
2476@end ifclear
2477
2478@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2479@cindex difference tables, warning
2480@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2481@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2482form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2483You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2484is done.
2485@end ifset
2486
2487@node L
ba83aca1 2488@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2489
2490@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2491@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2492Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2493@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2494called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2495such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2496programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2497notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2498such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2499
2500This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2501in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2502@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2503
c3a27914 2504@node listing
a4fb0134 2505@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2506
a05a5b64 2507The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2508@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2509hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2510them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2511directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2512@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2513@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2514@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2515
a4fb0134 2516@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2517@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2518@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2519@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2520Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2521dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2522
2523@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2524@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2525@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2526Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2527a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2528the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2529switch is used the default is to one.
2530
2531@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2532@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2533@cindex Width of source line output
2534Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2535alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2536source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2537
2538@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2539@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2540@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2541Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2542displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2543@end table
2544
252b5132 2545@node M
a4fb0134 2546@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2547
2548@kindex -M
2549@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2550The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2551changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2552compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2553The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2554MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2555information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2556arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2557assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2558
2559The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2560depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2561file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2562individually. These are:
2563
2564@itemize @bullet
2565@item global symbols in common section
2566
2567The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2568Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2569common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2570symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2571symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2572
2573@item complex relocations
2574
2575The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2576relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2577are not support by other object file formats.
2578
2579@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2580
2581The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2582This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2583instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2584script.
2585
2586@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2587
2588The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2589name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2590
2591@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2592
2593The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2594address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2595which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2596not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2597assigned within a linker script.
2598@end itemize
2599
2600There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2601@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2602seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2603
2604@itemize @bullet
2605
2606@item EBCDIC strings
2607
2608EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2609
2610@item packed binary coded decimal
2611
2612Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2613and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2614
2615@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2616
2617The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2618
2619@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2620
2621The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2622
2623@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2624
2625The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2626@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2627relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2628these options serve no purpose.
2629
2630@item @code{OPT} list control options
2631
2632The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2633@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2634@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2635
2636@item other @code{OPT} options
2637
2638The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2639@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2640
2641@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2642
2643The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2644@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2645
2646@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2647
2648The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2649
252b5132
RH
2650@end itemize
2651
2652@node MD
c1253627 2653@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2654
2655@kindex --MD
2656@cindex dependency tracking
2657@cindex make rules
2658
a4fb0134 2659@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2660file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2661dependencies of the main source file.
2662
2663The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2664
2665This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2666
2edb36e7
NC
2667@node no-pad-sections
2668@section Output Section Padding
2669@kindex --no-pad-sections
2670@cindex output section padding
2671Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2672alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2673memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2674disable this behaviour.
2675
252b5132 2676@node o
a4fb0134 2677@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2678
2679@kindex -o
2680@cindex naming object file
2681@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2682There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2683default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2684You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2685object file a different name.
2686
a4fb0134 2687Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2688existing file of the same name.
2689
2690@node R
a4fb0134 2691@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2692
2693@kindex -R
2694@cindex data and text sections, joining
2695@cindex text and data sections, joining
2696@cindex joining text and data sections
2697@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2698@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2699data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2700the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2701section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2702your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2703appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2704
a4fb0134 2705When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2706address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2707data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2708older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2709
c1253627
NC
2710@ifset COFF-ELF
2711When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2712this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2713@samp{.data}.
2714@end ifset
2715
2716@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2717@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2718@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2719@end ifset
2720
2721@node statistics
a4fb0134 2722@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2723
2724@kindex --statistics
2725@cindex statistics, about assembly
2726@cindex time, total for assembly
2727@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2728Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2729@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2730(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2731seconds).
2732
2733@node traditional-format
c1253627 2734@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2735
2736@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2737For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2738from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2739@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2740
2741For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2742@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2743
2744@node v
a4fb0134 2745@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2746
2747@kindex -v
2748@kindex -version
2749@cindex assembler version
2750@cindex version of assembler
2751You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2752option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2753command line.
2754
2755@node W
a4fb0134 2756@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2757
a4fb0134 2758@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2759assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2760cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2761made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2762
c1253627
NC
2763@kindex -W
2764@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2765@cindex suppressing warnings
2766@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2767If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2768This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2769how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2770are still reported.
2771
c1253627 2772@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2773@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2774@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2775If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2776files that generate warnings to be in error.
2777
c1253627 2778@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2779@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2780You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2781causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2782
2783@node Z
a4fb0134 2784@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2785@cindex object file, after errors
2786@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2787After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2788some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2789@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2790option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2791writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2792errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2793
2794@node Syntax
2795@chapter Syntax
2796
2797@cindex machine-independent syntax
2798@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2799This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2800source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2801assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2802@ifclear VAX
2803assembler.
2804@end ifclear
2805@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2806assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2807@end ifset
2808
2809@menu
7c31ae13 2810* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2811* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2812* Comments:: Comments
2813* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2814* Statements:: Statements
2815* Constants:: Constants
2816@end menu
2817
2818@node Preprocessing
2819@section Preprocessing
2820
2821@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2822The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2823@itemize @bullet
2824@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2825@item
2826adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2827the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2828a single space.
2829
2830@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2831@item
2832removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2833appropriate number of newlines.
2834
2835@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2836@item
2837converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2838@end itemize
2839
2840It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2841anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2842do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2843(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2844to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
6ef719c0
NC
2845@samp{.S} suffix. @url{https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Overall-Options.html#Overall-Options,
2846See the 'Options Controlling the Kind of Output' section of the GCC manual for
2847more details}
252b5132
RH
2848
2849Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2850cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2851preprocessed.
2852
2853@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2854@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2855@kindex #NO_APP
2856@kindex #APP
2857If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2858@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2859Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2860specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2861text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2862@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2863@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2864and whitespace.
2865
2866@node Whitespace
2867@section Whitespace
2868
2869@cindex whitespace
2870@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2871Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2872people to read. Unless within character constants
2873(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2874as exactly one space.
2875
2876@node Comments
2877@section Comments
2878
2879@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2880There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2881cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2882
2883Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2884This means you may not nest these comments.
2885
2886@smallexample
2887/*
2888 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2889 is to use this sort of comment.
2890*/
2891
2892/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2893@end smallexample
2894
2895@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2896Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2897considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2898specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2899line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2900line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2901comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2902upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2903@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2904
2905If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2906special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2907to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2908
2909@kindex #
2910@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2911@cindex logical line numbers
2912To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2913special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2914expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2915line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2916new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2917
2918If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2919the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2920
2921@smallexample
2922 # This is an ordinary comment.
2923# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2924 # This is logical line # 36.
2925@end smallexample
2926This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2927of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2928
2929@node Symbol Intro
2930@section Symbols
2931
2932@cindex characters used in symbols
2933@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2934A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2935letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2936@samp{_.$}.
2937@end ifclear
2938@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2939@ifclear GENERIC
2940@ifset H8
2941A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2942letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2943@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2944symbol names.)
2945@end ifset
2946@end ifclear
2947@end ifset
2948@ifset GENERIC
2949On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2950are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2951@end ifset
2952No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2953There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2954are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2955beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2956of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2957
2958Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2959cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2960quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2961backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2962@cindex length of symbols
2963
2964@node Statements
2965@section Statements
2966
2967@cindex statements, structure of
2968@cindex line separator character
2969@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2970
2971A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2972@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2973specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2974target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2975The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2976preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2977exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2978
2979@cindex newline, required at file end
2980@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2981It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2982character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2983
2984An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2985
2986@cindex instructions and directives
2987@cindex directives and instructions
2988@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2989@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2990@c 13feb91.
2991A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2992key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2993symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2994symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2995directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2996a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2997assembles into a machine language instruction.
2998@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2999Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
3000recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
3001represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
3002language.@refill
3003@end ifset
3004
3005@cindex @code{:} (label)
3006@cindex label (@code{:})
3007A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
3008Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
3009have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
3010
3011@ifset HPPA
01642c12 3012For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3013the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3014only one label may be defined on each line.
3015@end ifset
3016
3017@smallexample
3018label: .directive followed by something
3019another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3020 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3021@end smallexample
3022
3023@node Constants
3024@section Constants
3025
3026@cindex constants
3027A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3028inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3029@smallexample
3030@group
3031.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3032.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3033.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3034.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
303595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3036@end group
3037@end smallexample
3038
3039@menu
3040* Characters:: Character Constants
3041* Numbers:: Number Constants
3042@end menu
3043
3044@node Characters
3045@subsection Character Constants
3046
3047@cindex character constants
3048@cindex constants, character
3049There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3050for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3051numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3052@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3053used in arithmetic expressions.
3054
3055@menu
3056* Strings:: Strings
3057* Chars:: Characters
3058@end menu
3059
3060@node Strings
3061@subsubsection Strings
3062
3063@cindex string constants
3064@cindex constants, string
3065A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3066double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3067into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3068a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3069one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3070@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3071(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3072escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3073
3074@cindex escape codes, character
3075@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3076@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3077@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3078@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3079@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3080@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3081@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3082@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3083@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3084@table @kbd
3085@c @item \a
3086@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3087@c
361fa3a4 3088@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3089@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3090@item \b
3091Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3092
3093@c @item \e
3094@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3095@c
361fa3a4 3096@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3097@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3098@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3099Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3100
361fa3a4 3101@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3102@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3103@item \n
3104Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3105
3106@c @item \p
3107@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3108@c
361fa3a4
NC
3109@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3110@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3111@item \r
3112Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3113
3114@c @item \s
3115@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3116@c other assemblers.
3117@c
361fa3a4 3118@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3119@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3120@item \t
3121Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3122
3123@c @item \v
3124@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3125@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3126@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3127@c
361fa3a4 3128@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3129@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3130@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3131An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3132For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3133for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3134
361fa3a4 3135@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3136@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3137@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3138A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3139lower case @code{x} works.
3140
361fa3a4 3141@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3142@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3143@item \\
3144Represents one @samp{\} character.
3145
3146@c @item \'
3147@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3148@c This is needed in single character literals
3149@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3150@c a @samp{'}.
3151@c
361fa3a4 3152@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3153@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3154@item \"
3155Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3156this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3157
3158@item \ @var{anything-else}
3159Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3160assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3161you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3162interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3163other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3164code and warns you of the fact.
3165@end table
3166
3167Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3168varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3169the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3170compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3171sequence.
3172
3173@node Chars
3174@subsubsection Characters
3175
3176@cindex single character constant
3177@cindex character, single
3178@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3179A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3180that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3181@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3182as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3183character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3184the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3185accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3186@ifclear GENERIC
3187@ifclear abnormal-separator
3188(or semicolon @samp{;})
3189@end ifclear
3190@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3191@ifset H8
3192(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3193Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3194@end ifset
3195@end ifset
3196@end ifclear
3197immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3198and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3199constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3200that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3201@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3202
3203@node Numbers
3204@subsection Number Constants
3205
3206@cindex constants, number
3207@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3208@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3209are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3210would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3211integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3212are floating point numbers, described below.
3213
3214@menu
3215* Integers:: Integers
3216* Bignums:: Bignums
3217* Flonums:: Flonums
3218@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3219@end ifclear
3220@end menu
3221
3222@node Integers
3223@subsubsection Integers
3224@cindex integers
3225@cindex constants, integer
3226
3227@cindex binary integers
3228@cindex integers, binary
3229A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3230the binary digits @samp{01}.
3231
3232@cindex octal integers
3233@cindex integers, octal
3234An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3235digits (@samp{01234567}).
3236
3237@cindex decimal integers
3238@cindex integers, decimal
3239A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3240more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3241
3242@cindex hexadecimal integers
3243@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3244A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3245more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3246
3247Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3248the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3249(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3250
3251@node Bignums
3252@subsubsection Bignums
3253
3254@cindex bignums
3255@cindex constants, bignum
3256A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3257except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3258represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3259integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3260
3261@node Flonums
3262@subsubsection Flonums
3263@cindex flonums
3264@cindex floating point numbers
3265@cindex constants, floating point
3266
3267@cindex precision, floating point
3268A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3269indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3270@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3271sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3272to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3273portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3274
3275A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3276@itemize @bullet
3277@item
3278The digit @samp{0}.
3279@ifset HPPA
3280(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3281@end ifset
3282
3283@item
a4fb0134 3284A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3285@ifset GENERIC
3286@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3287@ignore
3288@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3289(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32904.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3291@end ignore
3292
a8eb42a8 3293On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3294one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3295
3296On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3297(in upper or lower case).
3298
252b5132
RH
3299On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3300@end ifset
3301@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3302@ifset ARC
3303One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3304@end ifset
3305@ifset H8
3306One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3307@end ifset
3308@ifset HPPA
3309The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3310@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3311@end ifclear
3312
3313@item
3314An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3315
3316@item
3317An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3318
3319@item
3320An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3321or more decimal digits.
3322
3323@item
3324An optional exponent, consisting of:
3325
3326@itemize @bullet
3327@item
3328An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3329@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3330@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3331@item
3332Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3333@item
3334One or more decimal digits.
3335@end itemize
3336
3337@end itemize
3338
3339At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3340present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3341
a4fb0134 3342@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3343independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3344@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3345
252b5132
RH
3346@node Sections
3347@chapter Sections and Relocation
3348@cindex sections
3349@cindex relocation
3350
3351@menu
3352* Secs Background:: Background
3353* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3354* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3355* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3356* bss:: bss Section
3357@end menu
3358
3359@node Secs Background
3360@section Background
3361
3362Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3363``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3364For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3365
3366@cindex linker, and assembler
3367@cindex assembler, and linker
3368The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3369combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3370emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3371@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3372different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3373oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3374sections.
3375
3376@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3377addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3378units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3379within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3380run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3381the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3382the proper run-time addresses.
3383@ifset H8
7be1c489 3384For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3385@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3386ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3387@end ifset
3388
3389@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3390An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3391of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3392@dfn{bss} sections.
3393
c1253627 3394@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3395@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3396When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3397@end ifset
a4fb0134 3398@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3399using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3400If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3401or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3402@end ifset
3403
3404@ifset HPPA
3405@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3406When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3407@end ifset
a4fb0134 3408@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3409specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3410@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3411(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3412assembler directives.
3413
3414@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3415Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3416text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3417is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3418BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3419@end ifset
3420@end ifset
3421
3422Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3423data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3424
3425@ifset HPPA
3426When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3427section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3428@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3429@end ifset
3430
3431To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3432relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3433object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3434@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3435file is mentioned:
3436@itemize @bullet
3437@item
3438Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3439an address?
3440@item
3441How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3442@item
3443Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3444@display
3445(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3446@end display
3447@item
3448Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3449@end itemize
3450
3451@cindex addresses, format of
3452@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3453In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3454@display
3455(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3456@end display
3457@noindent
a4fb0134 3458Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3459nature.
3460@ifset SOM
3461(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3462symbol-relative instead.)
3463@end ifset
3464
3465In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3466@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3467
3468Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3469@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3470addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3471@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3472@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3473data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3474their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3475part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3476address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3477
3478The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3479address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3480rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3481Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3482address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3483common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3484time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3485
3486By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3487the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3488sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3489customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3490the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3491data and bss sections.
3492
3493Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3494use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3495
3496@node Ld Sections
3497@section Linker Sections
3498@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3499
3500@table @strong
3501
c1253627 3502@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3503@cindex named sections
3504@cindex sections, named
3505@item named sections
3506@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3507@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3508@cindex text section
3509@cindex data section
3510@itemx text section
3511@itemx data section
3512@end ifset
a4fb0134 3513These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3514separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3515true of another.
a8eb42a8 3516@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3517When the program is running, however, it is
3518customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3519text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3520instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3521program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3522in the data section.
c1253627 3523@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3524
3525@cindex bss section
3526@item bss section
3527This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3528is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3529each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3530out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3531bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3532those explicit zeros from object files.
3533
3534@cindex absolute section
3535@item absolute section
3536Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3537This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3538not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3539addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3540
3541@cindex undefined section
3542@item undefined section
3543This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3544the preceding sections.
3545@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3546@end table
3547
3548@cindex relocation example
3549An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3550@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3551The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3552@end ifset
3553Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3554
3555@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3556@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3557@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3558@smallexample
3559 +-----+----+--+
3560partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3561 +-----+----+--+
3562
3563 text data bss
3564 seg. seg. seg.
3565
3566 +---+---+---+
3567partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3568 +---+---+---+
3569
3570 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3571linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3572 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3573
3574 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3575@end smallexample
3576@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3577@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3578@need 5000
3579@tex
c1253627 3580\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3581\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3582\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3583\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3584
3585\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3586\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3587\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3588
3589\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3590\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3591\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3592ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3593DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3594
3595\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3596\line{0\dots\hfil}
3597
3598@end tex
3599@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3600
3601@node As Sections
3602@section Assembler Internal Sections
3603
3604@cindex internal assembler sections
3605@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3606These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3607have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3608sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3609warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3610meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3611value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3612section-relative address.
3613
3614@table @b
3615@cindex assembler internal logic error
3616@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3617An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3618bug in the assembler.
3619
3620@cindex expr (internal section)
3621@item expr section
3622The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3623symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3624it in the expr section.
3625@c FIXME item debug
3626@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3627@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3628@c FIXME item register
3629@end table
3630
3631@node Sub-Sections
3632@section Sub-Sections
3633
3634@cindex numbered subsections
3635@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3636@ifset aout
252b5132 3637Assembled bytes
c1253627 3638@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3639conventionally
3640@end ifset
3641fall into two sections: text and data.
3642@end ifset
3643You may have separate groups of
3644@ifset GENERIC
3645data in named sections
3646@end ifset
3647@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3648@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3649data in named sections
3650@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3651@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3652text or data
3653@end ifset
3654@end ifclear
3655that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3656are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3657use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3658numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3659same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3660subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3661section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3662assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3663section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3664constants being output.
3665
3666Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3667goes in subsection number zero.
3668
3669@ifset GENERIC
3670Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3671(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3672of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3673@end ifset
3674@ifclear GENERIC
3675@ifset H8
7be1c489 3676On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3677boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3678The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3679@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3680@end ifclear
3681
3682Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3683to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3684The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3685other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3686They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3687data subsections as a data section.
3688
3689To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3690into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3691@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3692@ifset COFF
252b5132 3693@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3694When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3695@end ifset
3696@ifclear GENERIC
3697You
3698@end ifclear
3699can also use an extra subsection
3700argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3701@var{expression}}.
3702@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3703@ifset ELF
3704@ifset GENERIC
3705When generating ELF output, you
3706@end ifset
3707@ifclear GENERIC
3708You
3709@end ifclear
3710can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3711to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3712@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3713@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3714(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3715is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3716begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3717@smallexample
3718.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3719.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3720.text 1
3721.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3722.data 0
3723.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3724.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3725.text 0
3726.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3727.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3728@end smallexample
3729
3730Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3731assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3732restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3733counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3734@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3735current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3736assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3737
3738@node bss
3739@section bss Section
3740
3741@cindex bss section
3742@cindex common variable storage
3743The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3744You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3745not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3746your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3747section are zeroed bytes.
3748
3749The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3750@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3751
3752The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3753another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3754
3755@ifset GENERIC
3756When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3757COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3758see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3759section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3760@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3761@end ifset
3762
3763@node Symbols
3764@chapter Symbols
3765
3766@cindex symbols
3767Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3768things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3769to debug.
3770
3771@quotation
3772@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3773@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3774the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3775@end quotation
3776
3777@menu
3778* Labels:: Labels
3779* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3780* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3781* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3782* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3783@end menu
3784
3785@node Labels
3786@section Labels
3787
3788@cindex labels
3789A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3790@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3791active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3792operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3793different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3794definitions.
3795
3796@ifset HPPA
3797On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3798colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3799a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3800provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3801@end ifset
3802
3803@node Setting Symbols
3804@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3805
3806@cindex assigning values to symbols
3807@cindex symbol values, assigning
3808A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3809by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3810(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3811directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3812equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3813@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3814
f8739b83
JZ
3815@ifset Blackfin
3816Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3817@end ifset
3818
252b5132
RH
3819@node Symbol Names
3820@section Symbol Names
3821
3822@cindex symbol names
3823@cindex names, symbol
3824@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3825Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3826machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3827noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3828string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3829particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3830@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3831@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3832@ifset H8
3833Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3834Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3835character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3836on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3837@end ifset
3838@end ifset
3839
3840Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3841than @code{Foo}.
3842
ed1fcdd1
NC
3843Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3844Local Labels. See below.
3845
7bfd842d
NC
3846Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3847multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3848@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3849currently supported.
3850
252b5132
RH
3851Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3852refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3853in a program.
3854
3855@subheading Local Symbol Names
3856
3857@cindex local symbol names
3858@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3859A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3860By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3861@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3862set of local label prefixes.
3863@ifset HPPA
3864On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3865@end ifset
3866
3867Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3868normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3869You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3870to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3871
3872@subheading Local Labels
3873
3874@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3875@cindex temporary symbol names
3876@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3877Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3878programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3879be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3880referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3881the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3882To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3883@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3884to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3885stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3886
3887There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3888too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3889the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3890defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3891definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3892noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3893implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3894
3895Here is an example:
3896
3897@smallexample
38981: branch 1f
38992: branch 1b
39001: branch 2f
39012: branch 1b
3902@end smallexample
3903
3904Which is the equivalent of:
3905
3906@smallexample
3907label_1: branch label_3
3908label_2: branch label_1
3909label_3: branch label_4
3910label_4: branch label_3
3911@end smallexample
3912
ba83aca1 3913Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3914transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3915The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3916are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3917these parts:
252b5132
RH
3918
3919@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3920@item @emph{local label prefix}
3921All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3922Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3923that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3924used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3925@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3926object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3927you may use them in debugging.
3928
2d5aaba0
NC
3929@item @var{number}
3930This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3931label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3932
2d5aaba0
NC
3933@item @kbd{C-B}
3934This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3935of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3936
3937@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3938This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3939@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3940number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3941the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3942@end table
3943
ba83aca1
BW
3944So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3945the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3946
3947@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3948@cindex dollar local symbols
3949
ed1fcdd1
NC
3950On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3951local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3952become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3953valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3954by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3955by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3956
3957Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3958except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3959@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3960
3961They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3962names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3963to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3964@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3965
3966@node Dot
3967@section The Special Dot Symbol
3968
3969@cindex dot (symbol)
3970@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3971@cindex current address
3972@cindex location counter
3973The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3974@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3975.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3976Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3977directive.
252b5132 3978@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3979Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3980@samp{.space 4}.
3981@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3982
3983@node Symbol Attributes
3984@section Symbol Attributes
3985
3986@cindex symbol attributes
3987@cindex attributes, symbol
3988Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3989``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3990attributes.
3991@ifset INTERNALS
3992The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3993@end ifset
3994
a4fb0134 3995If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3996all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3997symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3998would want.
3999
4000@menu
4001* Symbol Value:: Value
4002* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 4003@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4004* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4005@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4006@ifset COFF
4007* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
4008@end ifset
4009@ifset SOM
4010* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4011@end ifset
4012@end menu
4013
4014@node Symbol Value
4015@subsection Value
4016
4017@cindex value of a symbol
4018@cindex symbol value
4019The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4020location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4021number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4022Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4023as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4024symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4025called absolute.
4026
4027The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40280 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4029@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4030same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4031name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4032common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4033bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4034allocated storage.
4035
4036@node Symbol Type
4037@subsection Type
4038
4039@cindex type of a symbol
4040@cindex symbol type
4041The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4042information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4043(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4044format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4045
a8eb42a8 4046@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4047@node a.out Symbols
4048@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4049
4050@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4051@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4052
252b5132
RH
4053@menu
4054* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4055* Symbol Other:: Other
4056@end menu
4057
4058@node Symbol Desc
4059@subsubsection Descriptor
4060
4061@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4062This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4063descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4064(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4065@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4066
4067@node Symbol Other
4068@subsubsection Other
4069
4070@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4071This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4072@end ifset
4073
4074@ifset COFF
4075@node COFF Symbols
4076@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4077
4078@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4079@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4080
4081The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4082like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4083@code{.endef} directives.
4084
4085@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4086
4087@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4088The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4089respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4090
4091@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4092
4093@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4094The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4095@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4096table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4097@end ifset
4098
4099@ifset SOM
4100@node SOM Symbols
4101@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4102
4103@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4104@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4105
4106The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4107the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4108
01642c12 4109The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4110Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4111@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4112@end ifset
4113
4114@node Expressions
4115@chapter Expressions
4116
4117@cindex expressions
4118@cindex addresses
4119@cindex numeric values
4120An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4121Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4122
4123The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4124a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4125enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4126section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4127the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4128@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4129
4130@menu
4131* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4132* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4133@end menu
4134
4135@node Empty Exprs
4136@section Empty Expressions
4137
4138@cindex empty expressions
4139@cindex expressions, empty
4140An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4141Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4142expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4143is compatible with other assemblers.
4144
4145@node Integer Exprs
4146@section Integer Expressions
4147
4148@cindex integer expressions
4149@cindex expressions, integer
4150An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4151by @emph{operators}.
4152
4153@menu
4154* Arguments:: Arguments
4155* Operators:: Operators
4156* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4157* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4158@end menu
4159
4160@node Arguments
4161@subsection Arguments
4162
4163@cindex expression arguments
4164@cindex arguments in expressions
4165@cindex operands in expressions
4166@cindex arithmetic operands
4167@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4168contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4169this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4170the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4171expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4172instruction operands.
4173
4174Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4175@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4176or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4177integer.
4178
4179Numbers are usually integers.
4180
4181A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4182that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4183these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4184instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4185assemblers.
4186
4187@cindex subexpressions
4188Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4189expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4190operator followed by an argument.
4191
4192@node Operators
4193@subsection Operators
4194
4195@cindex operators, in expressions
4196@cindex arithmetic functions
4197@cindex functions, in expressions
4198@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4199operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4200between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4201whitespace.
4202
4203@node Prefix Ops
4204@subsection Prefix Operator
4205
4206@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4207@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4208one argument, which must be absolute.
4209
4210@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4211@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4212@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4213@tex
4214\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4215@end tex
4216
4217@table @code
4218@item -
4219@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4220@item ~
4221@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4222@end table
4223
4224@tex
4225\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4226@end tex
4227
4228@node Infix Ops
4229@subsection Infix Operators
4230
4231@cindex infix operators
4232@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4233@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4234have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4235to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4236absolute, and the result is absolute.
4237
4238@enumerate
4239@cindex operator precedence
4240@cindex precedence of operators
4241
4242@item
4243Highest Precedence
4244
4245@table @code
4246@item *
4247@dfn{Multiplication}.
4248
4249@item /
4250@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4251
4252@item %
4253@dfn{Remainder}.
4254
d1eac9d9 4255@item <<
252b5132
RH
4256@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4257
d1eac9d9 4258@item >>
252b5132
RH
4259@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4260@end table
4261
4262@item
4263Intermediate precedence
4264
4265@table @code
4266@item |
4267
4268@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4269
4270@item &
4271@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4272
4273@item ^
4274@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4275
4276@item !
4277@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4278@end table
4279
4280@item
b131d4dc 4281Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4282
4283@table @code
4284@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4285@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4286@cindex arguments for addition
4287@item +
4288@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4289the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4290sections.
4291
4292@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4293@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4294@cindex arguments for subtraction
4295@item -
4296@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4297result has the section of the left argument.
4298If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4299You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4300@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4301
4302@cindex comparison expressions
4303@cindex expressions, comparison
4304@item ==
4305@dfn{Is Equal To}
4306@item <>
723a8472 4307@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4308@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4309@item <
4310@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4311@item >
b131d4dc 4312@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4313@item >=
b131d4dc 4314@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4315@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4316@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4317
4318The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4319value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4320perform signed comparisons.
4321@end table
4322
4323@item Lowest Precedence
4324
4325@table @code
4326@item &&
4327@dfn{Logical And}.
4328
4329@item ||
4330@dfn{Logical Or}.
4331
4332These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4333expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4334value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4335or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4336
252b5132
RH
4337@end table
4338@end enumerate
4339
4340In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4341address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4342
4343@node Pseudo Ops
4344@chapter Assembler Directives
4345
4346@cindex directives, machine independent
4347@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4348@cindex machine independent directives
4349All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4350The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4351in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4352
4353This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4354target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4355@ifset GENERIC
4356Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4357@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4358@end ifset
4359@ifclear GENERIC
4360@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4361@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4362@end ifset
4363@end ifclear
4364
4365@menu
4366* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4367@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4368* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4369@end ifset
f0dc282c 4370
915808f6 4371* Align:: @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
caa32fe5 4372* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4373* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4374* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
915808f6 4375* Balign:: @code{.balign [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]}
d3b47e2b 4376* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4377* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4378* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4379* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4380* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4381* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4382* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4383* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4384@ifset COFF
4385* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4386@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4387@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4388* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4389@end ifset
4390@ifset COFF
4391* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4392@end ifset
f0dc282c 4393
252b5132
RH
4394* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4395* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4396* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4397* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4398* End:: @code{.end}
4399@ifset COFF
4400* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4401@end ifset
f0dc282c 4402
252b5132
RH
4403* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4404* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4405* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4406* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4407* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4408* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4409* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4410* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4411* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4412* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4413* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4414* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4415* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4416* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4417* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4418@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4419* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4420* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4421@end ifset
f0dc282c 4422
252b5132
RH
4423* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4424* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4425* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4426* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4427* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4428* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4429@ifset ELF
4430* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4431@end ifset
f0dc282c 4432
252b5132
RH
4433* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4434* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4435* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4436* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4437@ifclear no-line-dir
4438* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4439@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4440
252b5132
RH
4441* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4442* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4443* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4444* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4445* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4446@ifset ELF
4447* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4448@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4449
252b5132
RH
4450* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4451@ignore
4452* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4453@end ignore
f0dc282c 4454
252b5132
RH
4455* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4456* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4457* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4458* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4459* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4460* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4461* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291 4462* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
915808f6 4463* P2align:: @code{.p2align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
c91d2e08
NC
4464@ifset ELF
4465* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4466* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4467@end ifset
f0dc282c 4468
252b5132 4469* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4470@ifset ELF
4471* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4472@end ifset
f0dc282c 4473
252b5132
RH
4474* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4475* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4476@ifset ELF
4477* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4478@end ifset
f0dc282c 4479
252b5132 4480* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4481* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4482* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4483* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4484@ifset COFF
4485* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4486@end ifset
4487@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4488* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4489@end ifset
f0dc282c 4490
252b5132
RH
4491* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4492* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4493* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4494@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4495* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4496@end ifset
884f0d36 4497@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4498* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4499@end ifclear
4500
252b5132 4501* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4502@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4503* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4504@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4505@ifset have-stabs
4506* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4507@end ifset
f0dc282c 4508
38a57ae7 4509* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4510* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4511@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4512* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
6914be53 4513* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}[,@var{visibility}]}
252b5132 4514@end ifset
f0dc282c 4515
252b5132
RH
4516@ifset COFF
4517* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4518@end ifset
f0dc282c 4519
252b5132
RH
4520* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4521* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4522@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4523* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4524@end ifset
4525
c91d2e08 4526* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4527@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4528* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4529@end ifset
f0dc282c 4530
2e13b764 4531@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4532* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4533* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4534* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4535@end ifset
f0dc282c 4536
d190d046 4537* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4538* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4539* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4540* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4541@ifclear no-space-dir
4542* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4543@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4544@ifset ELF
4545* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4546* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4547* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4548@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4549* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4550@end menu
4551
4552@node Abort
4553@section @code{.abort}
4554
4555@cindex @code{abort} directive
4556@cindex stopping the assembly
4557This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4558compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4559assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4560of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4561quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4562
4563@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4564@node ABORT (COFF)
4565@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4566
4567@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4568When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4569synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4570
252b5132
RH
4571@end ifset
4572
4573@node Align
915808f6 4574@section @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4575
4576@cindex padding the location counter
4577@cindex @code{align} directive
4578Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4579boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
915808f6
NC
4580required, as described below. If this expression is omitted then a default
4581value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4582
4583The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4584padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4585padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4586marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4587with no-op instructions.
4588
4589The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4590it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4591directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4592specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4593fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4594required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4595with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4596
4597The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4598For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4599s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4600alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4601the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4602is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4603first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4604
9e9a9798 4605For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4606strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4607number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4608advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4609counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4610multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4611
4612This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4613native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4614GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4615described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4616architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4617
ccf8a69b
BW
4618@node Altmacro
4619@section @code{.altmacro}
4620Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4621
4622@ftable @code
4623@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4624One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4625generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4626replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4627replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4628separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4629define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4630
4631@item String delimiters
4632You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4633@code{"@var{string}"}:
4634
4635@table @code
4636@item '@var{string}'
4637You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4638
4639@item <@var{string}>
4640You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4641@end table
4642
4643@item single-character string escape
4644To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4645character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4646character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4647write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4648
4649@item Expression results as strings
4650You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4651and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4652@end ftable
4653
252b5132
RH
4654@node Ascii
4655@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4656
4657@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4658@cindex string literals
4659@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4660separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4661trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4662
4663@node Asciz
4664@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4665
4666@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4667@cindex zero-terminated strings
4668@cindex null-terminated strings
4669@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4670a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4671
4672@node Balign
915808f6 4673@section @code{.balign[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4674
4675@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4676@cindex @code{balign} directive
4677Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4678storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4679alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4680the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
915808f6
NC
4681is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted
4682then a default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4683
4684The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4685padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4686padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4687marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4688with no-op instructions.
4689
4690The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4691it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4692directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4693specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4694fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4695required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4696with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4697
4698@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4699@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4700The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4701@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4702pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4703fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47044,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4705filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4706the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4707undefined.
4708
fa94de6b 4709@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4710@section Bundle directives
4711@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4712@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4713@cindex bundle
4714@cindex instruction bundle
4715@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4716@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4717bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4718into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4719disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4720gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4721@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4722
4723For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4724certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4725instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4726@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4727chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4728effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4729instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4730that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4731end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4732starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4733instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4734
d3b47e2b 4735@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4736@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4737@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4738The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4739allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4740are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4741aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4742@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4743directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4744
4745@cindex bundle-locked
4746For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4747appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4748instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4749and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4750instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4751sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4752@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4753entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4754boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4755first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4756aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4757bundle size.
4758
d416e51d
RM
4759For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4760inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4761nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4762@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4763matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4764same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4765
252b5132
RH
4766@node Byte
4767@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4768
4769@cindex @code{byte} directive
4770@cindex integers, one byte
4771@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4772Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4773
54cfded0 4774@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4775@section CFI directives
4776@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4777@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4778@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4779should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4780If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4781if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4782To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4783directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4784
2f0c68f2
CM
4785On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4786by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4787
bd5608dc
NC
4788Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4789which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4790
4791The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4792arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4793generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4794redefine it will result in an error.
4795
d3b47e2b 4796@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4797@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4798@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4799should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4800data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4801@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4802
01642c12 4803Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4804it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4805
d3b47e2b 4806@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4807@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4808@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4809unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4810@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4811
d3b47e2b 4812@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4813@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4814@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4815@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4816should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4817argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4818a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4819the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4820can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4821The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4822no personality routine.
4823
2f0c68f2
CM
4824@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4825@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4826@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4827defined in a compact unwinding format.
4828Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4829with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4830
4831@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4832@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4833@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4834used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4835@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4836in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4837Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4838with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4839
d3b47e2b 4840@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4841@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4842@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4843should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4844argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4845or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4846meaning that no LSDA is present.
4847
4848@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4849@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4850switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4851Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4852Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4853with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4854
4855The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4856so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4857referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4858in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4859by a section directive.
4860
4861The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4862The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4863@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4864
d3b47e2b 4865@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4866@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4867address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4868
d3b47e2b 4869@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4870@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4871now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4872remains the same.
4873
d3b47e2b 4874@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4875@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4876remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4877absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4878CFA address.
4879
d3b47e2b 4880@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4881Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4882value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4883
d3b47e2b 4884@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4885Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4886CFA.
54cfded0 4887
084303b8
AK
4888@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4889Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4890
d3b47e2b 4891@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4892Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4893the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4894using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4895This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4896code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4897
d3b47e2b 4898@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4899Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4900
d3b47e2b 4901@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4902@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4903same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4904instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4905
d3b47e2b 4906@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4907From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4908
d3b47e2b 4909@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4910Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4911i.e. no restoration needed.
4912
48eac74c
MG
4913@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4914@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4915implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4916places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4917multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4918flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4919the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4920
4921@smallexample
4922 je label
4923 popq %rbx
4924 .cfi_restore %rbx
4925 popq %r12
4926 .cfi_restore %r12
4927 popq %rbp
4928 .cfi_restore %rbp
4929 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4930 ret
4931label:
4932 /* Do something else */
4933@end smallexample
4934
4935Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4936to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4937@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4938locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4939@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4940we can write:
4941
4942@smallexample
4943 je label
4944 popq %rbx
4945 .cfi_remember_state
4946 .cfi_restore %rbx
4947 popq %r12
4948 .cfi_restore %r12
4949 popq %rbp
4950 .cfi_restore %rbp
4951 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4952 ret
4953label:
4954 .cfi_restore_state
4955 /* Do something else */
4956@end smallexample
4957
4958That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4959as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4960@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4961
d3b47e2b 4962@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4963Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4964directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4965
d3b47e2b 4966@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4967Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4968
d3b47e2b 4969@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4970SPARC register window has been saved.
4971
d3b47e2b 4972@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4973Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4974might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4975opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4976
d3b47e2b 4977@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4978The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4979will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4980description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4981
4982The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4983limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4984mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4985by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4986or another register.
4987
ccf8a69b
BW
4988@node Comm
4989@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4990
ccf8a69b
BW
4991@cindex @code{comm} directive
4992@cindex symbol, common
4993@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4994common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4995of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4996definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4997allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4998absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4999the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
5000using the largest size.
07a53e5c 5001
c1711530
DK
5002@ifset COFF-ELF
5003When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5004an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5005specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5006that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5007as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5008boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5009power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5010common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5011alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5012largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5013maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5014is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5015@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5016multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5017It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5018(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5019@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5020
ccf8a69b
BW
5021@ifset HPPA
5022The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5023@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5024@end ifset
07a53e5c 5025
252b5132
RH
5026@node Data
5027@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5028@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5029
a4fb0134 5030@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5031end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5032absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5033to zero.
5034
340d33e5
NC
5035@node Dc
5036@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5037@cindex @code{dc} directive
5038
46c685ac 5039The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5040commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5041current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5042@code{.dc} directive:
5043
5044@table @code
5045@item @samp{.a}
5046Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5047@item @samp{.b}
5048Emits 8-bit values.
5049@item @samp{.d}
5050Emits double precision floating-point values.
5051@item @samp{.l}
5052Emits 32-bit values.
5053@item @samp{.s}
5054Emits single precision floating-point values.
5055@item @samp{.w}
5056Emits 16-bit values.
5057Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
505832-bit values.
5059@item @samp{.x}
5060Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5061@end table
5062
5063If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5064
d7c79856
MR
5065The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5066point values.
340d33e5
NC
5067
5068@node Dcb
5069@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5070@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5071This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5072bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5073comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5074@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5075
5076@table @code
5077@item @samp{.b}
5078Emits single byte values.
5079@item @samp{.d}
5080Emits double-precision floating point values.
5081@item @samp{.l}
5082Emits 4-byte values.
5083@item @samp{.s}
5084Emits single-precision floating point values.
5085@item @samp{.w}
5086Emits 2-byte values.
5087@item @samp{.x}
5088Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5089@end table
5090
5091If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5092
5093The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5094point values.
5095
5096@node Ds
5097@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5098@cindex @code{ds} directive
5099This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5100bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5101comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5102@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5103
5104@table @code
5105@item @samp{.b}
5106Emits single byte values.
5107@item @samp{.d}
5108Emits 8-byte values.
5109@item @samp{.l}
5110Emits 4-byte values.
5111@item @samp{.p}
5112Emits 12-byte values.
5113@item @samp{.s}
5114Emits 4-byte values.
5115@item @samp{.w}
5116Emits 2-byte values.
5117@item @samp{.x}
5118Emits 12-byte values.
5119@end table
5120
5121Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5122suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5123
5124If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5125
d7c79856 5126The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5127
5128
252b5132
RH
5129@ifset COFF
5130@node Def
5131@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5132
5133@cindex @code{def} directive
5134@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5135@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5136Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5137definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5138@end ifset
5139
a8eb42a8 5140@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5141@node Desc
5142@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5143
5144@cindex @code{desc} directive
5145@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5146@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5147This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5148to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5149
5150@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5151The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5152configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5153object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5154it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5155@end ifset
5156@end ifset
5157
5158@ifset COFF
5159@node Dim
5160@section @code{.dim}
5161
5162@cindex @code{dim} directive
5163@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5164@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5165This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5166information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5167@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5168@end ifset
5169
5170@node Double
5171@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5172
5173@cindex @code{double} directive
5174@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5175@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5176assembles floating point numbers.
5177@ifset GENERIC
5178The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5179@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5180@end ifset
5181@ifclear GENERIC
5182@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5183On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5184in @sc{ieee} format.
5185@end ifset
5186@end ifclear
5187
5188@node Eject
5189@section @code{.eject}
5190
5191@cindex @code{eject} directive
5192@cindex new page, in listings
5193@cindex page, in listings
5194@cindex listing control: new page
5195Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5196
5197@node Else
5198@section @code{.else}
5199
5200@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5201@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5202assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5203of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5204was false.
5205
3fd9f047
TW
5206@node Elseif
5207@section @code{.elseif}
5208
5209@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5210@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5211assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5212@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5213
252b5132
RH
5214@node End
5215@section @code{.end}
5216
5217@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5218@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5219process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5220
5221@ifset COFF
5222@node Endef
5223@section @code{.endef}
5224
5225@cindex @code{endef} directive
5226This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5227@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5228@end ifset
5229
5230@node Endfunc
5231@section @code{.endfunc}
5232@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5233@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5234
5235@node Endif
5236@section @code{.endif}
5237
5238@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5239@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5240it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5241conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5242
5243@node Equ
5244@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5245
5246@cindex @code{equ} directive
5247@cindex assigning values to symbols
5248@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5249This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5250It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5251
5252@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5253The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5254@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5255@end ifset
5256
3c9b82ba 5257@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5258The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5259@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5260On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5261but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5262Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5263@end ifset
5264
252b5132
RH
5265@node Equiv
5266@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5267@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5268The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5269the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5270symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5271undefined.
252b5132 5272
01642c12 5273Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5274@smallexample
5275.ifdef SYM
5276.err
5277.endif
5278.equ SYM,VAL
5279@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5280plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5281
5282@node Eqv
5283@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5284@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5285The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5286evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5287the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5288value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5289
5290@node Err
5291@section @code{.err}
5292@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5293If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5294message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5295object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5296
d190d046
HPN
5297@node Error
5298@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5299@cindex error directive
5300
5301Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5302string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5303message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5304@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5305
5306@smallexample
5307 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5308@end smallexample
5309
252b5132
RH
5310@node Exitm
5311@section @code{.exitm}
5312Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5313
5314@node Extern
5315@section @code{.extern}
5316
5317@cindex @code{extern} directive
5318@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5319with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5320all undefined symbols as external.
5321
5322@node Fail
5323@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5324
5325@cindex @code{fail} directive
5326Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5327or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5328than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5329include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5330complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5331
252b5132 5332@node File
14082c76 5333@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5334@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5335
5336@ifclear no-file-dir
5337There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5338that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5339@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5340
5341@subheading Default Version
5342
252b5132
RH
5343@cindex logical file name
5344@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5345This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5346are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5347
5348@smallexample
5349.file @var{string}
5350@end smallexample
5351
5352@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5353recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5354to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5355statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5356old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5357
5358@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5359@end ifclear
5360
14082c76
BW
5361When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5362to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5363
5364@smallexample
5365.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5366@end smallexample
5367
5368The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5369index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5496f3c6
NC
5370literal enclosed in double quotes. The @var{filename} can include directory
5371elements. If it does, then the directory will be added to the directory table
5372and the basename will be added to the file table.
14082c76
BW
5373
5374The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5375table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5376information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5377entries will have.
5378
5496f3c6
NC
5379If DWARF-5 support has been enabled via the @option{-gdwarf-5} option then
5380an extended version of the @code{file} is also allowed:
5381
5382@smallexample
5383.file @var{fileno} [@var{dirname}] @var{filename} [md5 @var{value}]
5384@end smallexample
5385
5386With this version a separate directory name is allowed, although if this is
5387used then @var{filename} should not contain any directory components. In
5388addtion an md5 hash value of the contents of @var{filename} can be provided.
5389This will be stored in the the file table as well, and can be used by tools
5390reading the debug information to verify that the contents of the source file
5391match the contents of the compiled file.
5392
252b5132
RH
5393@node Fill
5394@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5395
5396@cindex @code{fill} directive
5397@cindex writing patterns in memory
5398@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5399@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5400This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5401may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5402more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5403other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5404is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5405zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5406byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5407Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5408@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5409compatible with other people's assemblers.
5410
5411@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5412If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5413assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5414@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5415
5416@node Float
5417@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5418
5419@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5420@cindex @code{float} directive
5421This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5422has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5423@ifset GENERIC
5424The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5425@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5426@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5427@end ifset
5428@ifclear GENERIC
5429@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5430On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5431in @sc{ieee} format.
5432@end ifset
5433@end ifclear
5434
5435@node Func
5436@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5437@cindex @code{func} directive
5438@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5439is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5440Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5441@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5442prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5443@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5444All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5445The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5446
5447@node Global
5448@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5449
5450@cindex @code{global} directive
5451@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5452@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5453@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5454other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5455@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5456from another file linked into the same program.
5457
5458Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5459compatibility with other assemblers.
5460
5461@ifset HPPA
5462On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5463partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5464@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5465@end ifset
5466
c91d2e08 5467@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5468@node Gnu_attribute
5469@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5470Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5471
c91d2e08
NC
5472@node Hidden
5473@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5474
c1253627
NC
5475@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5476@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5477This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5478@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5479@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5480
5481This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5482their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5483@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5484Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5485@end ifset
5486
252b5132
RH
5487@node hword
5488@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5489
5490@cindex @code{hword} directive
5491@cindex integers, 16-bit
5492@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5493@cindex sixteen bit integers
5494This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5495a 16 bit number for each.
5496
5497@ifset GENERIC
5498This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5499architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5500@end ifset
5501@ifclear GENERIC
5502@ifset W32
5503This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5504@end ifset
5505@ifset W16
5506This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5507@end ifset
5508@end ifclear
5509
5510@node Ident
5511@section @code{.ident}
5512
5513@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5514
5515This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5516behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5517a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5518source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5519for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5520@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5521emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5522
5523@node If
5524@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5525
5526@cindex conditional assembly
5527@cindex @code{if} directive
5528@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5529considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5530(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5531the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5532(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5533alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5534If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5535nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5536
5537The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5538@table @code
5539@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5540@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5541Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5542has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5543is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5544
26aca5f6
JB
5545@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5546@item .ifb @var{text}
5547Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5548
252b5132
RH
5549@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5550@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5551Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5552strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5553the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5554end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5555string comparison is case sensitive.
5556
5557@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5558@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5559Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5560
5561@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5562@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5563Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5564
5565@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5566@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5567Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5568equal to zero.
5569
5570@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5571@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5572Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5573
5574@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5575@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5576Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5577to zero.
5578
5579@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5580@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5581Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5582
26aca5f6
JB
5583@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5584@item .ifnb @var{text}
5585Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5586following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5587
252b5132
RH
5588@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5589@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5590Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5591following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5592
5593@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5594@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5595@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5596@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5597Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5598has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5599which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5600
5601@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5602@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5603Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5604(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5605
5606@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5607@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5608Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5609following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5610@end table
5611
7e005732
NC
5612@node Incbin
5613@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5614
5615@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5616@cindex binary files, including
5617The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5618location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5619option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5620around @var{file}.
5621
5622The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5623@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5624read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5625responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5626after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5627
252b5132
RH
5628@node Include
5629@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5630
5631@cindex @code{include} directive
5632@cindex supporting files, including
5633@cindex files, including
5634This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5635points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5636if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5637included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5638can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5639(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5640around @var{file}.
5641
5642@node Int
5643@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5644
5645@cindex @code{int} directive
5646@cindex integers, 32-bit
5647Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5648For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5649expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5650of target the assembly is for.
5651
5652@ifclear GENERIC
5653@ifset H8
7be1c489 5654On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5655integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
565632-bit integers.
5657@end ifset
5658@end ifclear
5659
c91d2e08
NC
5660@ifset ELF
5661@node Internal
5662@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5663
c1253627
NC
5664@cindex @code{internal} directive
5665@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5666This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5667@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5668@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5669
5670This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5671their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5672@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5673(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5674processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5675@end ifset
5676
252b5132
RH
5677@node Irp
5678@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5679
5680@cindex @code{irp} directive
5681Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5682The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5683terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5684set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5685@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5686@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5687sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5688
5689For example, assembling
5690
5691@example
5692 .irp param,1,2,3
5693 move d\param,sp@@-
5694 .endr
5695@end example
5696
5697is equivalent to assembling
5698
5699@example
5700 move d1,sp@@-
5701 move d2,sp@@-
5702 move d3,sp@@-
5703@end example
5704
96e9638b 5705For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5706
252b5132
RH
5707@node Irpc
5708@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5709
5710@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5711Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5712The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5713terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5714@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5715assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5716assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5717@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5718
5719For example, assembling
5720
5721@example
5722 .irpc param,123
5723 move d\param,sp@@-
5724 .endr
5725@end example
5726
5727is equivalent to assembling
5728
5729@example
5730 move d1,sp@@-
5731 move d2,sp@@-
5732 move d3,sp@@-
5733@end example
5734
5e75c3ab
JB
5735For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5736at @xref{Macro}.
5737
252b5132
RH
5738@node Lcomm
5739@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5740
5741@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5742@cindex local common symbols
5743@cindex symbols, local common
5744Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5745denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5746those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5747section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5748is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5749not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5750
5751@ifset GENERIC
5752Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5753argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5754@end ifset
5755
5756@ifset HPPA
5757The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5758@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5759@end ifset
5760
5761@node Lflags
5762@section @code{.lflags}
5763
5764@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5765@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5766assemblers, but ignores it.
5767
5768@ifclear no-line-dir
5769@node Line
5770@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5771
5772@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5773@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5774@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5775Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5776expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5777statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5778reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5779@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5780for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5781@end ifset
5782
252b5132 5783Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5784@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5785when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5786were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5787@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5788
5789Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5790used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5791debugging.
5792@end ifclear
5793
5794@node Linkonce
5795@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5796@cindex COMDAT
5797@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5798@cindex common sections
5799Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5800This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5801but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5802The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5803Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5804unique.
5805
5806This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5807writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5808Executable format used on Windows NT.
5809
5810The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5811following strings. For example:
5812@smallexample
5813.linkonce same_size
5814@end smallexample
5815Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5816
5817@table @code
5818@item discard
5819Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5820
5821@item one_only
5822Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5823
5824@item same_size
5825Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5826
5827@item same_contents
5828Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5829@end table
5830
ccf8a69b
BW
5831@node List
5832@section @code{.list}
5833
5834@cindex @code{list} directive
5835@cindex listing control, turning on
5836Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5837not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5838internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5839counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5840generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5841
5842By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5843@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5844the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5845
252b5132
RH
5846@node Ln
5847@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5848
5849@cindex @code{ln} directive
5850@ifclear no-line-dir
5851@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5852@end ifclear
5853@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5854Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5855must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5856line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5857statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5858line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5859@end ifset
5860
ccf8a69b
BW
5861@node Loc
5862@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5863@cindex @code{loc} directive
5864When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5865the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5866number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5867instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5868arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5869the row is added.
252b5132 5870
ccf8a69b
BW
5871The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5872
5873@table @code
5874@item basic_block
5875This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5876@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5877
5878@item prologue_end
5879This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5880@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5881
5882@item epilogue_begin
5883This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5884@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5885
5886@item is_stmt @var{value}
5887This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5888@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5889either 0 or 1.
5890
5891@item isa @var{value}
5892This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5893state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5894
92846e72
CC
5895@item discriminator @var{value}
5896This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5897state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5898
ba8826a8
AO
5899@item view @var{value}
5900This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5901current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5902instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5903@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5904@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5905directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5906@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5907that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5908location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5909the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5910@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5911
ccf8a69b
BW
5912@end table
5913
5914@node Loc_mark_labels
5915@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5916@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5917When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5918the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5919to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5920register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5921The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5922this function respectively.
252b5132 5923
4d4175af
BW
5924@ifset ELF
5925@node Local
5926@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5927
5928@cindex @code{local} directive
5929This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5930the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5931will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5932they will be created.
5933
5934For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5935accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5936the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5937(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5938@end ifset
5939
252b5132
RH
5940@node Long
5941@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5942
5943@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5944@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5945
5946@ignore
5947@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5948@c what it really ought to do
5949@node Lsym
5950@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5951
5952@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5953@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5954@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5955the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5956rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5957the same as the expression value:
5958@smallexample
5959@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5960@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5961@var{value} = @var{expression}
5962@end smallexample
5963@noindent
5964The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5965@end ignore
5966
5967@node Macro
5968@section @code{.macro}
5969
5970@cindex macros
5971The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5972generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5973@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5974
5975@example
5976 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5977 .long \from
5978 .if \to-\from
5979 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5980 .endif
5981 .endm
5982@end example
5983
5984@noindent
5985With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5986
5987@example
5988 .long 0
5989 .long 1
5990 .long 2
5991 .long 3
5992 .long 4
5993 .long 5
5994@end example
5995
5996@ftable @code
5997@item .macro @var{macname}
5998@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5999@cindex @code{macro} directive
6000Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
6001definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
6002separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
6003indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
6004@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
6005(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
6006macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
6007cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 6008subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 6009definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
6010
6011@table @code
6012@item .macro comm
6013Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
6014arguments.
6015
6258339f 6016@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
6017@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
6018Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
6019which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
6020@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
6021
6022@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
6023Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
6024arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
6025After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
6026@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
6027@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
6028,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
6029@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 6030
6eaeac8a
JB
6031@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6032Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6033arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6034not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6035will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6036
252b5132
RH
6037When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6038position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6039@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6040
6258339f
NC
6041@end table
6042
5e75c3ab
JB
6043Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6044as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6045occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6046characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6047(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6048architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6049character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6050replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6051construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6052identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6053this macro definition:
6054
6055@example
6056 .macro label l
6057\l:
6058 .endm
6059@end example
6060
6061might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6062called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6063assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6064identifier.
6065
6066Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6067which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6068for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6069length specifier like this:
6070
6071@example
6072 .macro opcode base length
6073 \base.\length
6074 .endm
6075@end example
6076
6077and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6078instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6079interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6080
6081There are several possible ways around this problem:
6082
6083@table @code
6084@item Insert white space
6085If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6086solution. eg:
6087
6088@example
6089 .macro label l
6090\l :
6091 .endm
6092@end example
6093
6094@item Use @samp{\()}
6095The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6096the following text. eg:
6097
6098@example
6099 .macro opcode base length
6100 \base\().\length
6101 .endm
6102@end example
6103
6104@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6105In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6106used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6107
6108@example
6109 .altmacro
6110 .macro label l
6111l&:
6112 .endm
6113@end example
6258339f 6114@end table
5e75c3ab 6115
96e9638b 6116Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6117also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6118and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6119
252b5132
RH
6120@item .endm
6121@cindex @code{endm} directive
6122Mark the end of a macro definition.
6123
6124@item .exitm
6125@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6126Exit early from the current macro definition.
6127
6128@cindex number of macros executed
6129@cindex macros, count executed
6130@item \@@
a4fb0134 6131@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6132executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6133output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6134
252b5132
RH
6135@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6136@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6137macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6138@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6139@end ftable
252b5132 6140
ccf8a69b
BW
6141@node MRI
6142@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6143
ccf8a69b
BW
6144@cindex @code{mri} directive
6145@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6146If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6147@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6148affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6149of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6150
caa32fe5
NC
6151@node Noaltmacro
6152@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6153Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6154
252b5132
RH
6155@node Nolist
6156@section @code{.nolist}
6157
6158@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6159@cindex listing control, turning off
6160Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6161not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6162internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6163counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6164generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6165
8f065d3b
L
6166@node Nops
6167@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6168
8f065d3b 6169@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6170@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6171This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6172@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6173@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6174the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6175zero.
6176
6177Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6178the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6179are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6180older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6181tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6182instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6183
252b5132
RH
6184@node Octa
6185@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6186
a8eb42a8 6187@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6188@cindex @code{octa} directive
6189@cindex integer, 16-byte
6190@cindex sixteen byte integer
6191This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6192bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6193
6194The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6195hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6196
9aec2026
NC
6197@node Offset
6198@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6199
6200@cindex @code{offset} directive
6201Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6202be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6203symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6204directive.
9aec2026 6205
252b5132
RH
6206@node Org
6207@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6208
6209@cindex @code{org} directive
6210@cindex location counter, advancing
6211@cindex advancing location counter
6212@cindex current address, advancing
6213Advance the location counter of the current section to
6214@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6215expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6216you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6217wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6218with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6219@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6220is the same as the current subsection.
6221
6222@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6223unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6224backwards.
6225
6226@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6227@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6228@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6229Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6230may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6231a chance to share your improved assembler.
6232
6233Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6234to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6235people's assemblers.
6236
6237When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6238intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6239absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6240@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6241
6242@node P2align
915808f6 6243@section @code{.p2align[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
6244
6245@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6246@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6247Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6248storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6249number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6250advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6251counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
915808f6
NC
6252multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted then a
6253default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
6254
6255The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6256padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6257padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6258marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6259with no-op instructions.
6260
6261The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6262it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6263directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6264specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6265fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6266required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6267with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6268
6269@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6270@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6271The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6272@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6273pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6274fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62752,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6276filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6277the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6278undefined.
6279
ccf8a69b
BW
6280@ifset ELF
6281@node PopSection
6282@section @code{.popsection}
6283
6284@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6285@cindex Section Stack
6286This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6287@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6288@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6289(@pxref{Previous}).
6290
6291This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6292section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6293stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6294@end ifset
6295
c91d2e08
NC
6296@ifset ELF
6297@node Previous
6298@section @code{.previous}
6299
c1253627 6300@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6301@cindex Section Stack
6302This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6303@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6304@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6305(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6306
6307This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6308referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6309@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6310subsections). For example:
6311
6312@smallexample
6313.section A
6314 .subsection 1
6315 .word 0x1234
6316 .subsection 2
6317 .word 0x5678
6318.previous
6319 .word 0x9abc
6320@end smallexample
6321
6322Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6323section A. Whilst:
6324
6325@smallexample
6326.section A
6327.subsection 1
6328 # Now in section A subsection 1
6329 .word 0x1234
6330.section B
6331.subsection 0
6332 # Now in section B subsection 0
6333 .word 0x5678
6334.subsection 1
6335 # Now in section B subsection 1
6336 .word 0x9abc
6337.previous
6338 # Now in section B subsection 0
6339 .word 0xdef0
6340@end smallexample
6341
6342Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6343section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6344
6345In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6346the top section on the section stack.
6347@end ifset
6348
252b5132
RH
6349@node Print
6350@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6351
6352@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6353@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6354assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6355
c91d2e08
NC
6356@ifset ELF
6357@node Protected
6358@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6359
c1253627
NC
6360@cindex @code{protected} directive
6361@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6362This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6363@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6364
6365This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6366their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6367@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6368components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6369component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6370this.
c91d2e08
NC
6371@end ifset
6372
252b5132
RH
6373@node Psize
6374@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6375
6376@cindex @code{psize} directive
6377@cindex listing control: paper size
6378@cindex paper size, for listings
6379Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6380number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6381
6382If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6383of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6384default width is 200 columns.
6385
a4fb0134 6386@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6387lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6388@code{.eject}).
6389
6390If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6391those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6392
6393@node Purgem
6394@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6395
6396@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6397Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6398expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6399
c91d2e08
NC
6400@ifset ELF
6401@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6402@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6403
c1253627 6404@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6405@cindex Section Stack
6406This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6407@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6408@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6409(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6410
e9863d7f
DJ
6411This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6412top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6413subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6414@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6415as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6416@end ifset
6417
252b5132
RH
6418@node Quad
6419@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6420
6421@cindex @code{quad} directive
6422@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6423each bignum, it emits
6424@ifclear bignum-16
6425an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6426warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6427@cindex eight-byte integer
6428@cindex integer, 8-byte
6429
6430The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6431hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6432@end ifclear
6433@ifset bignum-16
6434a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6435warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6436@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6437@cindex integer, 16-byte
6438@end ifset
6439
05e9452c
AM
6440@node Reloc
6441@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6442
6443@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6444Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6445@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6446the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6447symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6448@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6449absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6450targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6451relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6452section.
6453
252b5132
RH
6454@node Rept
6455@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6456
6457@cindex @code{rept} directive
6458Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6459@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6460
6461For example, assembling
6462
6463@example
6464 .rept 3
6465 .long 0
6466 .endr
6467@end example
6468
6469is equivalent to assembling
6470
6471@example
6472 .long 0
6473 .long 0
6474 .long 0
6475@end example
6476
808811a3
NC
6477A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6478allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6479
252b5132
RH
6480@node Sbttl
6481@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6482
6483@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6484@cindex subtitles for listings
6485@cindex listing control: subtitle
6486Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6487title line) when generating assembly listings.
6488
6489This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6490it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6491
6492@ifset COFF
6493@node Scl
6494@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6495
6496@cindex @code{scl} directive
6497@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6498@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6499Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6500used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6501whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6502symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6503@end ifset
6504
c1253627 6505@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6506@node Section
c1253627 6507@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6508
252b5132
RH
6509@cindex named section
6510Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6511named @var{name}.
6512
6513This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6514named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6515with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6516
c1253627
NC
6517@ifset COFF
6518@ifset ELF
6519@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6520@subheading COFF Version
6521@end ifset
6522
6523@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6524For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6525ways:
c91d2e08 6526
252b5132
RH
6527@smallexample
6528.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6529.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6530@end smallexample
6531
6532If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6533section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6534
252b5132
RH
6535@table @code
6536@item b
6537bss section (uninitialized data)
6538@item n
6539section is not loaded
6540@item w
6541writable section
6542@item d
6543data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6544@item e
6545exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6546@item r
6547read-only section
6548@item x
6549executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6550@item s
6551shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6552@item a
6553ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6554@item y
6555section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6556@item 0-9
6557single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6558@end table
6559
6560If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6561the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6562loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6563from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6564will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6565
6566If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6567taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6568@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6569
6570@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6571@ifset COFF
6572@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6573@subheading ELF Version
6574@end ifset
6575
c91d2e08
NC
6576@cindex Section Stack
6577This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6578@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6579(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6580@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6581
c1253627 6582@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6583For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6584
252b5132 6585@smallexample
7047dd1e 6586.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6587@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6588
451133ce
NP
6589@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6590@kindex --sectname-subst
6591@cindex section name substitution
6592If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6593argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6594at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6595
6596@smallexample
6597.macro exception_code
6598.section %S.exception
6599[exception code here]
6600.previous
6601.endm
6602
6603.text
6604[code]
6605exception_code
6606[...]
6607
6608.section .init
6609[init code]
6610exception_code
6611[...]
6612@end smallexample
6613
6614The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6615@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6616This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6617tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6618need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6619macros just for that purpose.
6620
252b5132 6621The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6622combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6623
252b5132
RH
6624@table @code
6625@item a
6626section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6627@item d
6628section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6629@item e
6630section is excluded from executable and shared library.
b7d07216
L
6631@item o
6632section references a symbol defined in another section (the linked-to
6633section) in the same file.
252b5132
RH
6634@item w
6635section is writable
6636@item x
6637section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6638@item M
6639section is mergeable
6640@item S
6641section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6642@item G
6643section is a member of a section group
6644@item T
6645section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6646@item ?
6647section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6648@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6649a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6650field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6651also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6652resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6653@item @code{<target specific>}
6654some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6655@end table
6656
9fb71ee4
NC
6657Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6658a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6659flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6660@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6661(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6662section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6663
252b5132 6664The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6665
252b5132
RH
6666@table @code
6667@item @@progbits
6668section contains data
6669@item @@nobits
6670section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6671@item @@note
6672section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6673@item @@init_array
6674section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6675@item @@fini_array
6676section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6677@item @@preinit_array
6678section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6679@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6680a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6681@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6682some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6683@end table
6684
9fb71ee4
NC
6685Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6686enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6687
ececec60
NC
6688Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6689ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6690@code{%} character.
6691
9fb71ee4
NC
6692Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6693special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6694type will generate an error from the assembler.
6695
22fe14ad 6696If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6697be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6698
6699@smallexample
6700.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6701@end smallexample
6702
6703Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6704constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6705@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6706@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6707the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6708absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6709which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6710@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6711@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad 6712
b7d07216
L
6713If @var{flags} contains the @code{o} flag, then the @var{type} argument
6714must be present along with an additional field like this:
6715
6716@smallexample
6717.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"o,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName}
6718@end smallexample
6719
6720The @var{SymbolName} field specifies the symbol name which the section
6721references.
6722
6723Note: If both the @var{M} and @var{o} flags are present, then the fields
6724for the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6725
6726@smallexample
6727.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"Mo,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{SymbolName}
6728@end smallexample
6729
22fe14ad
NC
6730If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6731be present along with an additional field like this:
6732
6733@smallexample
6734.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6735@end smallexample
6736
6737The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6738particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6739
22fe14ad
NC
6740@table @code
6741@item comdat
6742indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6743@item .gnu.linkonce
6744an alias for comdat
6745@end table
6746
96e9638b 6747Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6748the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6749
6750@smallexample
6751.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6752@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6753
b7d07216
L
6754If both @code{o} flag and @code{G} flag are present, then the
6755@var{SymbolName} field for @code{o} comes first, like this:
6756
6757@smallexample
6758.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"oG,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}]
6759@end smallexample
6760
01642c12
RM
6761If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6762@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6763present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6764this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6765@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6766If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6767
a8c4d40b
L
6768The optional @var{unique,@code{<number>}} argument must come last. It
6769assigns @var{@code{<number>}} as a unique section ID to distinguish
6770different sections with the same section name like these:
6771
6772@smallexample
6773.section @var{name},"@var{flags}",@@@var{type},@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6774.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"G,@@@var{type},@var{GroupName},[@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6775.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"MG,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6776@end smallexample
6777
6778The valid values of @var{@code{<number>}} are between 0 and 4294967295.
6779
252b5132
RH
6780If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6781the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6782none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6783executable. The section will contain data.
6784
6785For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6786directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6787
252b5132
RH
6788@smallexample
6789.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6790@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6791
252b5132
RH
6792Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6793separated flags:
eda683bb 6794
252b5132
RH
6795@table @code
6796@item #alloc
6797section is allocatable
6798@item #write
6799section is writable
6800@item #execinstr
6801section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6802@item #exclude
6803section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6804@item #tls
6805section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6806@end table
c91d2e08 6807
e9863d7f
DJ
6808This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6809contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6810some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6811work.
c1253627
NC
6812@end ifset
6813@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6814
6815@node Set
6816@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6817
6818@cindex @code{set} directive
6819@cindex symbol value, setting
6820Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6821changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6822@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6823flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6824
5d239759
NC
6825You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6826values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6827involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6828being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6829addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6830final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6831the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6832different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6833
6834If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6835file is the last value stored into it.
6836
3c9b82ba 6837@ifset Z80
6655dba2 6838On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use @code{.set} or
3c9b82ba
NC
6839@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6840@end ifset
6841
252b5132
RH
6842@node Short
6843@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6844
6845@cindex @code{short} directive
6846@ifset GENERIC
6847@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6848@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6849
6850In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6851numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6852@end ifset
6853@ifclear GENERIC
6854@ifset W16
6855@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6856@end ifset
6857@ifset W32
6858This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6859a 16 bit number for each.
6860@end ifset
6861@end ifclear
6862
6863@node Single
6864@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6865
6866@cindex @code{single} directive
6867@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6868This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6869has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6870@ifset GENERIC
6871The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6872@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6873@end ifset
6874@ifclear GENERIC
6875@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6876On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6877numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6878@end ifset
6879@end ifclear
6880
c1253627 6881@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6882@node Size
c1253627 6883@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6884
c1253627
NC
6885This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6886
6887@ifset COFF
6888@ifset ELF
6889@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6890@subheading COFF Version
6891@end ifset
6892
6893@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6894For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6895@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6896
6897@smallexample
6898.size @var{expression}
6899@end smallexample
252b5132 6900
c1253627 6901@end ifset
c91d2e08 6902
c1253627
NC
6903@ifset ELF
6904@ifset COFF
6905@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6906@subheading ELF Version
6907@end ifset
6908
6909@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6910For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6911
c1253627
NC
6912@smallexample
6913.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6914@end smallexample
6915
6916This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6917The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6918arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6919symbols.
c1253627
NC
6920@end ifset
6921@end ifset
252b5132 6922
252b5132
RH
6923@ifclear no-space-dir
6924@node Skip
340d33e5 6925@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6926
6927@cindex @code{skip} directive
6928@cindex filling memory
6929This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6930@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6931@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6932@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6933@end ifclear
252b5132 6934
ccf8a69b
BW
6935@node Sleb128
6936@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6937
6938@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6939@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6940compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6941symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6942
884f0d36 6943@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6944@node Space
340d33e5 6945@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6946
6947@cindex @code{space} directive
6948@cindex filling memory
6949This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6950@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6951and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6952as @samp{.skip}.
6953
6954@ifset HPPA
6955@quotation
6956@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6957targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6958Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6959@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6960for a summary.
6961@end quotation
6962@end ifset
6963@end ifclear
6964
252b5132
RH
6965@ifset have-stabs
6966@node Stab
6967@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6968
6969@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6970@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6971There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6972All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6973The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6974cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6975Up to five fields are required:
6976
6977@table @var
6978@item string
6979This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6980@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6981debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6982using this field.
6983
6984@item type
6985An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6986this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6987and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6988
6989@item other
6990An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6991low 8 bits of this expression.
6992
6993@item desc
6994An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6995bits of this expression.
6996
6997@item value
6998An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6999@end table
7000
7001If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
7002or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
7003you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
7004compatible with earlier assemblers!
7005
7006@table @code
7007@cindex @code{stabd} directive
7008@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
7009
7010The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
7011It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
7012null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
7013strings.
7014
7015The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
7016relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
7017is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
7018assembled.
7019
7020@cindex @code{stabn} directive
7021@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7022The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
7023
7024@cindex @code{stabs} directive
7025@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7026All five fields are specified.
7027@end table
7028@end ifset
7029@c end have-stabs
7030
7031@node String
38a57ae7 7032@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 7033"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
7034
7035@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
7036@cindex string8, copying to object file
7037@cindex string16, copying to object file
7038@cindex string32, copying to object file
7039@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 7040@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
7041@cindex @code{string8} directive
7042@cindex @code{string16} directive
7043@cindex @code{string32} directive
7044@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
7045
7046Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
7047one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
7048particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
7049You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
7050
01642c12 7051The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
7052the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
7053copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
7054are stored in target endianness byte order.
7055
7056Example:
7057@smallexample
7058 .string32 "BYE"
7059expands to:
7060 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
7061 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
7062@end smallexample
7063
7064
252b5132
RH
7065@node Struct
7066@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
7067
7068@cindex @code{struct} directive
7069Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7070which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7071@smallexample
7072 .struct 0
7073field1:
7074 .struct field1 + 4
7075field2:
7076 .struct field2 + 4
7077field3:
7078@end smallexample
7079This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7080@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7081value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7082use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7083before further assembly.
7084
c91d2e08
NC
7085@ifset ELF
7086@node SubSection
7087@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7088
c1253627 7089@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7090@cindex Section Stack
7091This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7092@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7093@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7094(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7095
7096This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7097section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7098in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7099@end ifset
7100
252b5132
RH
7101@ifset ELF
7102@node Symver
7103@section @code{.symver}
7104@cindex @code{symver} directive
7105@cindex symbol versioning
7106@cindex versions of symbols
7107Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7108within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7109typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7110There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7111into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7112shared library.
7113
79082ff0 7114For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132 7115@smallexample
6914be53 7116.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}[ ,@var{visibility}]
252b5132 7117@end smallexample
6914be53 7118If the original symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7119being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7120alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7121just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7122permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7123of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7124itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7125have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7126file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7127function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7128the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7129building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7130symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6914be53
L
7131nodename of the symbol you are trying to override. The optional argument
7132@var{visibility} updates the visibility of the original symbol. The valid
31c89d60 7133visibilities are @code{local}, @code{hidden}, and @code{remove}. The
6914be53
L
7134@code{local} visibility makes the original symbol a local symbol
7135(@pxref{Local}). The @code{hidden} visibility sets the visibility of the
7136original symbol to @code{hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}). The @code{remove}
31c89d60
AM
7137visibility removes the original symbol from the symbol table. If visibility
7138isn't specified, the original symbol is unchanged.
339681c0
L
7139
7140If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7141references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7142reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7143symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7144
7145Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7146@smallexample
7147.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7148@end smallexample
7149In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7150the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7151difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7152references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7153
7154The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7155@smallexample
7156.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7157@end smallexample
7158When @var{name} is not defined within the
7159file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7160@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7161name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7162@end ifset
7163
7164@ifset COFF
7165@node Tag
7166@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7167
7168@cindex COFF structure debugging
7169@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7170@cindex @code{tag} directive
7171This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7172information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7173@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7174definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7175@end ifset
7176
7177@node Text
7178@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7179
7180@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7181Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7182the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7183expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7184is used.
7185
7186@node Title
7187@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7188
7189@cindex @code{title} directive
7190@cindex listing control: title line
7191Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7192source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7193
7194This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7195it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7196
c1253627 7197@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7198@node Type
c1253627
NC
7199@section @code{.type}
7200
7201This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7202
7203@ifset COFF
7204@ifset ELF
7205@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7206@subheading COFF Version
7207@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7208
7209@cindex COFF symbol type
7210@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7211@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7212For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7213@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7214
7215@smallexample
7216.type @var{int}
7217@end smallexample
7218
7219This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7220entry.
252b5132 7221
c1253627 7222@end ifset
c91d2e08 7223
c1253627
NC
7224@ifset ELF
7225@ifset COFF
7226@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7227@subheading ELF Version
7228@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7229
7230@cindex ELF symbol type
7231@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7232@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7233For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7234
7235@smallexample
7236.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7237@end smallexample
7238
7239This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7240function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7241supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7242compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7243
7244Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7245@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7246below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7247the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7248maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7249assemblers.
7250
7251The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7252
7253@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7254 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7255 .type <name>,#<type>
7256 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7257 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7258 .type <name>,"<type>"
7259@end smallexample
7260
7261The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7262
5671778d
NC
7263@table @gcctabopt
7264@item STT_FUNC
7265@itemx function
7266Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7267
d8045f23
NC
7268@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7269@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7270Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7271processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7272
5671778d
NC
7273@item STT_OBJECT
7274@itemx object
7275Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7276
7277@item STT_TLS
7278@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7279Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7280
7281@item STT_COMMON
7282@itemx common
7283Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7284
7285@item STT_NOTYPE
7286@itemx notype
7287Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7288
3e7a7d11
NC
7289@item gnu_unique_object
7290Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7291will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7292name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7293systems).
3e7a7d11 7294
5671778d
NC
7295@end table
7296
f2d4ba38
JB
7297Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7298result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7299this.
7300
5671778d 7301Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7302
c1253627
NC
7303@end ifset
7304@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7305
7306@node Uleb128
7307@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7308
7309@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7310@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7311compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7312symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7313
7314@ifset COFF
7315@node Val
7316@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7317
7318@cindex @code{val} directive
7319@cindex COFF value attribute
7320@cindex value attribute, COFF
7321This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7322records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7323entry.
252b5132
RH
7324@end ifset
7325
2e13b764 7326@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7327@node Version
7328@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7329
c1253627 7330@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7331This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7332formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7333@end ifset
2e13b764 7334
c91d2e08
NC
7335@ifset ELF
7336@node VTableEntry
7337@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7338
653cfe85 7339@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7340This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7341@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7342
c91d2e08
NC
7343@node VTableInherit
7344@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7345
653cfe85 7346@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7347This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7348@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7349parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7350parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7351@end ifset
2e13b764 7352
d190d046
HPN
7353@node Warning
7354@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7355@cindex warning directive
7356Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7357(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7358
c91d2e08
NC
7359@node Weak
7360@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7361
c1253627 7362@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7363This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7364@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7365
01642c12 7366On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7367directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7368@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7369
977cdf5a 7370On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7371When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7372alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7373
06e77878
AO
7374@node Weakref
7375@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7376
7377@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7378This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7379be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7380If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7381will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7382symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7383
7384The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7385assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7386symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7387resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7388had the references to the alias removed.
7389
7390The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7391within the assembler.
7392
252b5132
RH
7393@node Word
7394@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7395
7396@cindex @code{word} directive
7397This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7398separated by commas.
7399@ifclear GENERIC
7400@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7401For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7402@end ifset
7403@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7404For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7405@end ifset
7406@end ifclear
7407@ifset GENERIC
7408
7409The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7410depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7411@end ifset
7412
a8eb42a8 7413@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7414@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7415@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7416@cindex difference tables altered
7417@cindex altered difference tables
7418@quotation
7419@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7420@end quotation
7421
7422@ifset GENERIC
7423Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7424addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7425interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7426@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7427
7428@end ifset
7429In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7430@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7431Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7432compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7433directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7434@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7435creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7436This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7437first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7438of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7439table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7440contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7441@code{sym2}.
7442
7443If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7444secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7445@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7446long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7447and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7448minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7449entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7450
7451@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7452@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7453@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7454assembly language programmers.
7455@end ifset
7456@end ifset
7457@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7458
7ce98c16
NC
7459@ifclear no-space-dir
7460@node Zero
7461@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7462
7463@cindex @code{zero} directive
7464@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7465This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7466expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7467so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7468instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7469@end ifclear
7470
2b841ec2
AM
7471@ifset ELF
7472@node 2byte
ea86f534 7473@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7474@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7475@cindex two-byte integer
7476@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7477
e406e428
NC
7478This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7479are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7480is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7481section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7482in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7483bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7484at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7485value at link time.
7486
7487This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7488values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7489different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7490
8b1e5da1 7491This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7492
7493@node 4byte
ea86f534 7494@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7495@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7496@cindex four-byte integer
7497@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7498
e406e428
NC
7499Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7500long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7501
7502@node 8byte
ea86f534 7503@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7504@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7505@cindex eight-byte integer
7506@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7507
e21126b7 7508Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7509byte long bignum values into the output.
7510
2b841ec2
AM
7511@end ifset
7512
252b5132
RH
7513@node Deprecated
7514@section Deprecated Directives
7515
7516@cindex deprecated directives
7517@cindex obsolescent directives
7518One day these directives won't work.
7519They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7520@table @t
7521@item .abort
7522@item .line
7523@end table
7524
3a99f02f
DJ
7525@ifset ELF
7526@node Object Attributes
7527@chapter Object Attributes
7528@cindex object attributes
7529
7530@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7531into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7532Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7533point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7534requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7535passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7536hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7537generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7538newer generation at run-time.
7539
7540This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7541@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7542time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7543correctly.
7544
7545Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7546attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7547string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7548and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7549or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7550attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7551
7552Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7553The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7554
7555@menu
7556* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7557* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7558@end menu
7559
7560@node GNU Object Attributes
7561@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7562
7563The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7564with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7565
7566Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7567its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7568an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
75692} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7570architecture-dependent ones.
7571
7572@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7573
7574These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7575
7576@table @r
7577@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7578The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7579the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7580then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7581than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7582arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7583@end table
7584
7585@subsection MIPS Attributes
7586
7587@table @r
7588@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7589The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7590
7591@itemize @bullet
7592@item
75930 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7594@item
f179c512
MF
75951 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7596double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7597@item
75982 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7599@item
76003 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7601@item
f179c512
MF
76024 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7603floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7604number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7605@item
76065 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7607with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7608general-purpose registers.
7609@item
76106 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7611registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7612@item
76137 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7614registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7615direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7616@end itemize
7617@end table
7618
7619@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7620
7621@table @r
7622@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7623The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7624
7625@itemize @bullet
7626@item
76270 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7628@item
3c7b9897 76291 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7630@item
76312 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7632@item
76333 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7634@end itemize
7635
7636@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7637The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7638
7639@itemize @bullet
7640@item
76410 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7642@item
76431 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7644@item
76452 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7646@item
76473 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7648@end itemize
7649@end table
7650
643f7afb
AK
7651@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7652
7653@table @r
7654@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7655The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7656
7657@itemize @bullet
7658@item
76590 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7660@item
76611 for files using software vector ABI.
7662@item
76632 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7664@end itemize
7665@end table
7666
c0ea7c52
JL
7667@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7668
7669@table @r
7670@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7671The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7672
7673@itemize @bullet
7674@item
76750 for files not using the large memory model.
7676@item
76771 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7678data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7679@item
76802 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7681@end itemize
7682@end table
7683
3a99f02f
DJ
7684@node Defining New Object Attributes
7685@section Defining New Object Attributes
7686
7687If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7688will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7689mailing list.
7690
7691@itemize @bullet
7692@item
7693This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7694@item
7695The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7696@item
7697The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7698and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7699@item
7700Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7701@item
7702@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7703@item
7704GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7705@end itemize
7706
7707@end ifset
7708
252b5132
RH
7709@ifset GENERIC
7710@node Machine Dependencies
7711@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7712
7713@cindex machine dependencies
7714The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7715each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7716vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7717directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7718assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7719@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7720optimization.
7721
7722This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7723include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7724subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7725
7726@menu
a06ea964
NC
7727@ifset AARCH64
7728* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7729@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7730@ifset ALPHA
7731* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7732@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7733@ifset ARC
7734* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7735@end ifset
7736@ifset ARM
7737* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7738@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7739@ifset AVR
7740* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7741@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7742@ifset Blackfin
7743* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7744@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7745@ifset BPF
7746* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7747@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7748@ifset CR16
7749* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7750@end ifset
8bf549a8 7751@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7752* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7753@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7754@ifset CSKY
7755* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7756@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7757@ifset D10V
7758* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7759@end ifset
7760@ifset D30V
7761* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7762@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7763@ifset EPIPHANY
7764* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7765@end ifset
252b5132 7766@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7767* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7768@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7769@ifset HPPA
7770* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7771@end ifset
7772@ifset I80386
55b62671 7773* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7774@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7775@ifset IA64
7776* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7777@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7778@ifset IP2K
7779* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7780@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7781@ifset LM32
7782* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7783@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7784@ifset M32C
7785* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7786@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7787@ifset M32R
7788* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7789@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7790@ifset M680X0
7791* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7792@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7793@ifset M68HC11
7794* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7795@end ifset
7b4ae824 7796@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7797* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7798@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7799@ifset METAG
7800* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7801@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7802@ifset MICROBLAZE
7803* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7804@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7805@ifset MIPS
7806* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7807@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7808@ifset MMIX
7809* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7810@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7811@ifset MSP430
7812* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7813@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7814@ifset NDS32
7815* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7816@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7817@ifset NIOSII
7818* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7819@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7820@ifset NS32K
7821* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7822@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7823@ifset OPENRISC
7824* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7825@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7826@ifset PDP11
7827* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7828@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7829@ifset PJ
7830* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7831@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7832@ifset PPC
7833* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7834@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7835@ifset PRU
7836* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7837@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7838@ifset RISCV
7839* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7840@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7841@ifset RL78
7842* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7843@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7844@ifset RX
7845* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7846@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7847@ifset S390
7848* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7849@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7850@ifset SCORE
7851* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7852@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7853@ifset SH
7854* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7855@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7856@ifset SPARC
7857* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7858@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7859@ifset TIC54X
7860* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7861@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7862@ifset TIC6X
7863* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7864@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7865@ifset TILEGX
7866* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7867@end ifset
7868@ifset TILEPRO
7869* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7870@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7871@ifset V850
7872* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7873@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7874@ifset VAX
7875* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7876@end ifset
7877@ifset VISIUM
7878* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7879@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7880@ifset WASM32
7881* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7882@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7883@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7884* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7885@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7886@ifset XSTORMY16
7887* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7888@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7889@ifset XTENSA
7890* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7891@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7892@ifset Z80
7893* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7894@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7895@ifset Z8000
7896* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7897@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7898@end menu
7899
7900@lowersections
7901@end ifset
7902
7903@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7904@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7905@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7906@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7907@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7908@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7909@c in both conditional blocks.
7910
a06ea964
NC
7911@ifset AARCH64
7912@include c-aarch64.texi
7913@end ifset
7914
625e1353
RH
7915@ifset ALPHA
7916@include c-alpha.texi
7917@end ifset
7918
7919@ifset ARC
7920@include c-arc.texi
7921@end ifset
7922
252b5132
RH
7923@ifset ARM
7924@include c-arm.texi
7925@end ifset
7926
8473f7a4
DC
7927@ifset AVR
7928@include c-avr.texi
7929@end ifset
7930
3b4e1885 7931@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7932@include c-bfin.texi
7933@end ifset
7934
f8861f5d
JM
7935@ifset BPF
7936@include c-bpf.texi
7937@end ifset
7938
3d3d428f
NC
7939@ifset CR16
7940@include c-cr16.texi
7941@end ifset
7942
328eb32e
HPN
7943@ifset CRIS
7944@include c-cris.texi
7945@end ifset
7946
b8891f8d
AJ
7947@ifset CSKY
7948@include c-csky.texi
7949@end ifset
7950
c2dcd04e 7951@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7952@ifclear GENERIC
7953@node Machine Dependencies
7954@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7955
c2dcd04e 7956The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7957and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7958chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7959family.
7960
7961@menu
c2dcd04e 7962* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7963* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7964@end menu
7965@lowersections
7966@end ifclear
7967@end ifset
7968
7969@ifset D10V
7970@include c-d10v.texi
7971@end ifset
7972
7973@ifset D30V
7974@include c-d30v.texi
7975@end ifset
7976
cfb8c092
NC
7977@ifset EPIPHANY
7978@include c-epiphany.texi
7979@end ifset
7980
252b5132
RH
7981@ifset H8/300
7982@include c-h8300.texi
7983@end ifset
7984
252b5132
RH
7985@ifset HPPA
7986@include c-hppa.texi
7987@end ifset
7988
7989@ifset I80386
7990@include c-i386.texi
7991@end ifset
7992
9e32ca89
NC
7993@ifset IA64
7994@include c-ia64.texi
7995@end ifset
7996
a40cbfa3
NC
7997@ifset IP2K
7998@include c-ip2k.texi
7999@end ifset
8000
84e94c90
NC
8001@ifset LM32
8002@include c-lm32.texi
8003@end ifset
8004
49f58d10
JB
8005@ifset M32C
8006@include c-m32c.texi
8007@end ifset
8008
ec694b89
NC
8009@ifset M32R
8010@include c-m32r.texi
8011@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8012
8013@ifset M680X0
8014@include c-m68k.texi
8015@end ifset
8016
60bcf0fa
NC
8017@ifset M68HC11
8018@include c-m68hc11.texi
8019@end ifset
8020
7b4ae824
JD
8021@ifset S12Z
8022@include c-s12z.texi
8023@end ifset
8024
a3c62988
NC
8025@ifset METAG
8026@include c-metag.texi
8027@end ifset
8028
01642c12 8029@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
8030@include c-microblaze.texi
8031@end ifset
8032
252b5132
RH
8033@ifset MIPS
8034@include c-mips.texi
8035@end ifset
8036
3c3bdf30
NC
8037@ifset MMIX
8038@include c-mmix.texi
8039@end ifset
8040
2469cfa2
NC
8041@ifset MSP430
8042@include c-msp430.texi
8043@end ifset
8044
35c08157
KLC
8045@ifset NDS32
8046@include c-nds32.texi
8047@end ifset
8048
36591ba1
SL
8049@ifset NIOSII
8050@include c-nios2.texi
8051@end ifset
8052
252b5132
RH
8053@ifset NS32K
8054@include c-ns32k.texi
8055@end ifset
8056
1f041c6e
SH
8057@ifset OPENRISC
8058@include c-or1k.texi
8059@end ifset
8060
e135f41b
NC
8061@ifset PDP11
8062@include c-pdp11.texi
8063@end ifset
8064
041dd5a9
ILT
8065@ifset PJ
8066@include c-pj.texi
8067@end ifset
8068
418c1742
MG
8069@ifset PPC
8070@include c-ppc.texi
8071@end ifset
8072
93f11b16
DD
8073@ifset PRU
8074@include c-pru.texi
8075@end ifset
8076
4f7eddc4
PD
8077@ifset RISCV
8078@include c-riscv.texi
8079@end ifset
8080
b57e49f7
JW
8081@ifset RL78
8082@include c-rl78.texi
8083@end ifset
8084
046d31c2
NC
8085@ifset RX
8086@include c-rx.texi
8087@end ifset
8088
11c19e16
MS
8089@ifset S390
8090@include c-s390.texi
8091@end ifset
8092
c0157db4
NC
8093@ifset SCORE
8094@include c-score.texi
8095@end ifset
8096
252b5132
RH
8097@ifset SH
8098@include c-sh.texi
8099@end ifset
8100
8101@ifset SPARC
8102@include c-sparc.texi
8103@end ifset
8104
39bec121
TW
8105@ifset TIC54X
8106@include c-tic54x.texi
8107@end ifset
8108
40b36596
JM
8109@ifset TIC6X
8110@include c-tic6x.texi
8111@end ifset
8112
aa137e4d
NC
8113@ifset TILEGX
8114@include c-tilegx.texi
8115@end ifset
8116
8117@ifset TILEPRO
8118@include c-tilepro.texi
8119@end ifset
8120
b6605ddd
EB
8121@ifset V850
8122@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8123@end ifset
8124
8125@ifset VAX
8126@include c-vax.texi
8127@end ifset
8128
b6605ddd
EB
8129@ifset VISIUM
8130@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8131@end ifset
8132
f96bd6c2
PC
8133@ifset WASM32
8134@include c-wasm32.texi
8135@end ifset
8136
f6c1a2d5
NC
8137@ifset XGATE
8138@include c-xgate.texi
8139@end ifset
8140
6753e72f
NC
8141@ifset XSTORMY16
8142@include c-xstormy16.texi
8143@end ifset
8144
e0001a05
NC
8145@ifset XTENSA
8146@include c-xtensa.texi
8147@end ifset
8148
b6605ddd
EB
8149@ifset Z80
8150@include c-z80.texi
8151@end ifset
8152
8153@ifset Z8000
8154@include c-z8k.texi
8155@end ifset
8156
252b5132
RH
8157@ifset GENERIC
8158@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8159@raisesections
8160@end ifset
8161
8162@node Reporting Bugs
8163@chapter Reporting Bugs
8164@cindex bugs in assembler
8165@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8166
a4fb0134 8167Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8168
8169Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8170not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8171entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8172Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8173
8174In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8175information that enables us to fix the bug.
8176
8177@menu
8178* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8179* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8180@end menu
8181
8182@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8183@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8184@cindex bug criteria
8185
8186If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8187
8188@itemize @bullet
8189@cindex fatal signal
8190@cindex assembler crash
8191@cindex crash of assembler
8192@item
8193If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8194@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8195
8196@cindex error on valid input
8197@item
a4fb0134 8198If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8199
8200@cindex invalid input
8201@item
a4fb0134 8202If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8203is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8204be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8205
8206@item
8207If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8208of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8209@end itemize
8210
8211@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8212@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8213@cindex bug reports
8214@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8215
8216A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8217you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8218contact that organization first.
8219
8220You can find contact information for many support companies and
8221individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8222distribution.
8223
ad22bfe8 8224@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8225In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8226to @value{BUGURL}.
8227@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8228
8229The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8230@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8231fact or leave it out, state it!
8232
8233Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8234and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8235name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8236not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8237happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8238perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8239the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8240give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8241and the most helpful.
8242
8243Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8244it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8245that the bug has not been reported previously.
8246
8247Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8248bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8249respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8250You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8251
8252To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8253
8254@itemize @bullet
8255@item
a4fb0134 8256The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8257it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8258
8259Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8260the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8261
8262@item
a4fb0134 8263Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8264
8265@item
8266The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8267version number.
8268
8269@item
a4fb0134 8270What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8271``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8272
8273@item
8274The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8275observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8276all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8277
8278If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8279and then we might not encounter the bug.
8280
8281@item
8282A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8283the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8284high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8285when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8286the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8287file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8288@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8289
8290@item
8291A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8292incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8293
a4fb0134 8294Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8295will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8296notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8297make a mistake.
8298
8299Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8300explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8301@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8302library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8303would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8304would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8305expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8306observations.
8307
8308@item
a4fb0134 8309If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8310diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8311option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8312discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8313by line number.
8314
8315The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8316sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8317@end itemize
8318
8319Here are some things that are not necessary:
8320
8321@itemize @bullet
8322@item
8323A description of the envelope of the bug.
8324
8325Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8326which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8327changes will not affect it.
8328
8329This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8330will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8331with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8332We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8333
8334Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8335of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8336output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8337less time, and so on.
8338
8339However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8340report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8341
8342@item
8343A patch for the bug.
8344
8345A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8346the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8347a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8348to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8349
a4fb0134 8350Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8351construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8352the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8353one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8354
8355And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8356patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8357help us to understand.
8358
8359@item
8360A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8361
8362Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8363things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8364@end itemize
8365
8366@node Acknowledgements
8367@chapter Acknowledgements
8368
653cfe85 8369If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8370it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8371maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8372@c (October 2012),
8373the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8374
8375Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8376more details?}
8377
8378Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8379information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8380extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8381
8382K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8383many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8384up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8385testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8386including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8387and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8388support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8389port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8390file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8391assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8392
8393Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8394in format-specific I/O modules.
8395
8396The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8397has done much work with it since.
8398
8399The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8400
8401Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8402
8403The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8404University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8405
8406Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8407(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8408(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8409support a.out format.
8410
7be1c489
AM
8411Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8412tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8413Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8414use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8415targets.
8416
8417John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8418simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8419updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8420fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8421remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8422cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8423required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8424
8425Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
842668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8427added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8428PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8429
653cfe85 8430Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8431
8432Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8433
8434Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8435along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8436formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8437the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8438
8439Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8440Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8441Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8442Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8443and some initial 64-bit support).
8444
c1253627 8445Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8446
252b5132
RH
8447Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8448support for openVMS/Alpha.
8449
39bec121
TW
8450Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8451flavors.
8452
e0001a05 8453David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8454Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8455
252b5132
RH
8456Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8457configuration enhancements.
8458
84e94c90
NC
8459Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8460
252b5132
RH
8461Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8462you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8463want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8464intentionally leaving anyone out.
8465
793c5807
NC
8466@node GNU Free Documentation License
8467@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8468@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8469
370b66a1
CD
8470@node AS Index
8471@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8472
8473@printindex cp
8474
252b5132
RH
8475@bye
8476@c Local Variables:
8477@c fill-column: 79
8478@c End:
This page took 1.558509 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.